200/2006-O

THE CITY OF WINNIPEG

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW

NO. 200/2006

A By-law of THE CITY OF WINNIPEG to

promote the orderly use and development of

land and the location of buildings and

structures in the City of Winnipeg as defined

in The City of Winnipeg Charter excepting

lands covered by the Downtown Winnipeg

Zoning By-law No. 100/2004.

The CITY OF WINNIPEG, in Council assembled, enacts as follows:

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 1

PART 1: ADMINISTRATION

GENERAL

Title

1. This By-law may be cited as the “

City of Winnipeg Zoning By-law

” or the “

Winnipeg

Zoning By-law

”.

Purpose

2. This By-law is intended to promote orderly and thoughtful development of real property and

development in the city, except for the part of the city governed by the

Downtown Winnipeg

Zoning By-law

, in order to promote the health, safety and general welfare of the City and to

implement the provisions of

Plan Winnipeg

and the adopted Secondary Plans included in

Schedule A.

Application

3. (1) This By-law controls and regulates the use and development of land in the City of

Winnipeg, with the exception of the area of the city governed by the

Downtown

Winnipeg Zoning By-law

, as shown on the Zoning Maps in Schedule

B to this By-law.

(2) All activity and development within the area to which this By-law applies must conform to

the provisions of this By-law and must be consistent with

Plan Winnipeg

and with any

adopted Secondary Plans that cover the land in question.

(3) This By-law does not apply within streets, public lanes, paths or pathways, or public

walks within a zoning district.

(4) This By-law does not apply to the construction, maintenance, or operation of public

service works within a public utility right-of-way.

Relation to Other By-laws

4. When this By-law and another by-law contain conflicting or overlapping provisions, the most

restrictive or highest standard is applicable.

Effective Date

5. This By-law comes into force on March 1, 2008.

NOTE:

The City of Winnipeg Charter

defines “public service works” as: “(a) water control works, bank stabilization works, docks,

publicly owned open-air structures used for recreational purposes, (b) works used to provide services or commodities to the public

by the Crown or the city, and (c) works used for or incidental to the operation of a public utility as defined in section 1 of The Public

Utilities Board Act.”

Part 1: Administration

Development to Comply

Requirement for Compliance with By-law

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 2

DEVELOPMENT TO COMPLY

Requirement for Compliance with By-law

6. (1) No development or use of land or a building may take place or be maintained except in

conformity with this By-law and with any development agreement, variance, conditional

use approval, condition or permit issued under this By-law.

The duty to comply with this

By-law is imposed on the owner of a parcel or a building and on any person who has

charge or control of the parcel or building, whether as lessee, tenant, occupier, agent or

otherwise. The City’s approval of a development application, the issuance of a permit,

the approval of drawings and specifications, or completion of inspections does not relieve

a person from the responsibility to comply with this By-law or any other by-law.

(2) The Director may, upon receipt of such proof as the Director deems necessary, issue a

Zoning Compliance Certificate in respect of a zoning lot confirming any one or more of

the following as of the date of that certificate:

(a) that the described use or uses operated or proposed to be operated on the lot

comply with the applicable zoning rules, agreements and orders;

(b) that the development on the lot complies with all zoning rules, agreements and

orders affecting it; and

applicable zoning rules, agreements and order (Zoning Memorandum).

(3) A request for a Zoning Memorandum shall be accompanied by a Building Location

Certificate confirming the location of the building or buildings on a zoning lot.

Conflicting or Overlapping Provisions

7. If two or more provisions of this By-law contain conflicting or overlapping provisions, the most

restrictive or highest standard is applicable, except that if the provisions of a zoning district

conflict with the provisions of an overlay district as defined in section 57,

Planned Development

Overlay Districts,

as they relate to the same parcel of land, the provisions of the overlay zoning

district are applicable.

Development Permit Required

8. (1) No person shall undertake or permit the existence of a development that is subject to

this By-law without first

making application and obtaining a development permit for that

purpose except for the following:

(a) subject to subsection 8(2), single level decks 24 inches or less in height above

grade located in a side or rear yard of a single family or two-family dwelling;

NOTE:

The City of Winnipeg Charter

defines “building” as “a well, pipe line, conduit, cut, excavation, fill, transmission line and any

structure or erection, and any part of any of those things, and also includes an addition to or extension of any building or any of

those things and a chattel that is attached to, or installed in or on, any building or any of those things.

The City of Winnipeg

Charter

defines “development” to be “the construction of a building or structure on, over or under land, a change in the use or

intensity of use of a building or land, the removal of soil or vegetation from land, the deposit or stockpiling of soil or material on

land, or the excavation of land.”

Part 1: Administration

Development to Comply

Development Permit Required

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 3

(b) subject to subsection 8(2), permitted accessory structures less than 108 square

feet in building area located in a side or rear yard of a single family or two-family

dwelling;

(d) in all zoning districts, temporary tents less than 901 square feet in building area.

(2) Where a lot does not abut upon a public lane or City-owned land acquired for a lane

widening and where an attached garage or carport is not provided, clauses (1)(a) and

(b) apply only if one interior side yard is a minimum of 8 feet clear of all projections

except eaves and gutters.

(3) Where a person makes application for a development permit in respect of a

development, the Director shall, where the application does not conform with Plan

Winnipeg, a Secondary Plan or development by-laws, reject the development permit.

(4) An application for a development permit shall be made on a form prescribed by the

Director and shall be accompanied by the applicable fee specified in the

Planning

Development and Building Fees By-law

(5) A development permit shall expire and the right of an owner under that permit shall

terminate if the work authorized by the permit is not commenced within 6 months from

the date of issuance of the permit, or within any extensions of that time period granted

by the Director, and reasonably continued without interruption after such period.

(6) The applicant for a development permit shall supply all information requested by the

Director to show apparent compliance with this By-law and any of the relevant by-laws of

the City, including evidence of ownership and, where necessary as determined by the

Director, a Building Location Certificate of the site showing the dimensions of the site,

the position of all buildings or structures on the site, and the height of the buildings or

structures.

(7) A development permit for use of vacant land may be issued without production of a

Building Location Certificate upon the applicant satisfying the Director that the

proposed use is in accordance with this By-law.

(8) A development permit for a temporary building or structure approved as such under the

Winnipeg Building By-law

or in respect of a temporary use under this by-law shall expire

upon expiration of the date specified in the permit unless before that expiration date an

extension is granted by the Director.

(9) The Director may revoke a development permit where there is to the Director's

knowledge a violation of this By-law or any other by-law of the City in respect of the

development including without limitation where:

(a) any division of a zoning lot results in making the structure on the zoning lot

illegal under the terms of this By-law; or

Part 1: Administration

Zoning and Urban Infill Area Maps

Zoning District Maps

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 4

(b) there is any reduction of required yards for a building or any further reduction of

non-conforming yards; or

ZONING AND URBAN INFILL AREA MAPS

Zoning District Maps

9. The location and boundaries of the zoning districts established in Part 3, Zoning Districts, are

shown on the Zoning Maps in Schedule B.

Urban Infill Areas Maps

10. While newer portions of the city have been divided or can be divided into parcels that are of

adequate size and shape to accommodate the general standards of this By-law related to

required on-site parking and landscaping, some older portions of the city have been divided into

parcels that are too small or shallow to accommodate such parking and landscaping. In order to

promote infill redevelopment in older portions of the city, the City of Winnipeg hereby provides

for the establishment of Urban Infill Areas. Urban Infill standards described in Part 5,

Development and Design Standards, of this By-law apply to commercial and institutional and

manufacturing zone districts located within that area designated on the Urban Infill Areas Maps in

Schedule C to this By-law. The location and boundaries of the Urban Infill Areas provided for in

Part 3 are hereby established as shown on the Urban Infill Areas Maps in Schedule C.

Interpretation of Zoning District and Urban Infill Areas Boundaries

11. The following rules apply in the interpretation and application of the Zoning Maps, Schedule B,

and the Urban Infill Areas Maps, Schedule C:

(1) Boundaries indicated as approximately following the centre lines of streets, public lanes,

footpaths, public walks, rivers, and public rights-of-way are construed to follow such

centre lines.

(2) Boundaries indicated as approximately following lot or holding lines on a registered plan

are construed as following such lot or holding lines.

(3) Boundaries indicated as approximately following city, community or municipal limits are

construed as following the city, community or municipal limits.

(4) Boundaries indicated as following a railway right-of-way or a public utility right-of-way

are construed as following the centre line of the right-of-way unless clearly designated

otherwise.

(5) Boundaries indicated as following the shorelines of streams or rivers are construed as

following the centre line of such streams or rivers.

(6) If a street, public lane, footpath, or public walk shown on the Zoning Maps is lawfully

closed, the land formerly comprising it shall be included within the zoning district within

which it is located. If the centre line of said closed right-of-way was a zoning district

boundary between two or more different zoning districts, the zoning district boundary

shall continue to be the former centre line.

Part 1: Administration

Interpretation

Illustrations

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 5

INTERPRETATION

Illustrations

12. Drawings and illustrations form part of this By-law and are provided to assist in interpreting and

understanding the By-law. Where any conflict or inconsistency arises between a drawing or

illustration and the text of the By-law, the text governs.

Tables

13. Tables form part of this By-law and provide regulatory standards, either to supplement text or in

place of text. Table headings, including column headings, row headings, and groupings of

columns and rows, form part of this By-law, and have legal effect. Table notes, located within the

tables, indicate special situations that affect the application of standards to specific zone districts

and are also part of this By-law. Where any conflict or inconsistency arises between a table and

the text of the By-law, the text governs.

Abbreviations

14. Each zoning district created in Part 3 of this By-law may be abbreviated with the letter and

number designations used in Part 3 throughout this By-law. The meanings of other abbreviations

contained in maps, illustrations and tables are found either in those maps, illustrations, and

tables or in the text immediately preceding or following them.

Headings

15. Part, section, subsection, clause, subclause, and paragraph headings are not part of this By-law.

Footnotes

16. Footnotes are not part of this By-law. They are provided to assist in cross-referencing to relevant

provisions of other by-laws or legislation.

DIRECTOR OF PLANNING, PROPERTY AND DEVELOPMENT

Duties and Powers of the Director

17. (1) The Director may conduct inspections and take steps to administer and enforce this By-

law or remedy a contravention of this By-law in accordance with

The City of Winnipeg

Charter

and, for those purposes, has the powers of a “designated employee” under

The

City of Winnipeg Charter

(2) Where an address for sending a copy of the order, recommendation or decision or other

document is required, one of the following must be used:

(a) if the person to be served is the owner of real property, the address maintained

by the tax collector for the purpose of issuing the tax notice for that property;

(b) if the person to be served is the occupant of real property, the street address for

that property; or

the City under this By-law.

(3) The Director must not issue a permit to a person who has failed to pay any fees owing to

the City under this By-law.

Part 1: Administration

Protected Non-Conformities

Revoking a Permit

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 6

(4) The Director must not issue a permit to a person where issuing it would result in or lead

to a violation of this or any other By-law.

Revoking a Permit

18. The Director may revoke a permit when there is a violation of any of the conditions under which

the application was approved or the permit issued.

Permitted Projections

19. The Director may allow an obstruction or exception not listed in sections 159,

Permitted

Projections into Required Front, Side, and Rear Yards,

and 160,

Permitted Projections Through

Maximum Height Limits,

of this By-law, provided the obstruction or exception will have no greater

impact on surrounding properties than those permitted.

Appeal

20. An appeal from an order or decision of the Director under this By-law may be made to a

Committee of Council to which the conduct of appeal hearings under this By-law has been

delegated in accordance with

The City of Winnipeg Charter

PROTECTED NON-CONFORMITIES

Purpose of This Division

21. The provisions of this division are intended to supplement those provisions addressing non-

conformities in

The City of Winnipeg Charter

. It provides extended protection to certain uses and

buildings that would otherwise be legal non-conformities under

The City of Winnipeg Charter

Protected Uses

22. No use that lawfully exists on the effective date of this By-law is non-conforming solely because:

(1) When it was established no conditional use approval was required and under this By-law

conditional use approval is required; or

(2) It exists with less than the accessory off-street parking or loading spaces required by this

By-law; or

(3) It exists with a non-conforming accessory sign.

Prior Non-conformities Continue

23. A protected non-conformity that existed prior to the effective date of this By-law remains a

protected non-conformity for the purposes of this By-law unless it complies with this By-law.

The intent of this By-law is to permit a non-conformity to continue until it is removed but not to

encourage its survival.

Structural Alterations

24. A building devoted to a non-conforming use may be structurally altered:

(1) To comply with a legal requirement;

(2) To accommodate a conforming use;

(3) To conform to the development standards of Part 5; or

Part 1: Administration

Protected Non-Conformities

Repair or Incidental Alterations to a Non-Conforming Use

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 7

(4) In the course of an enlargement permitted in accordance with section 26,

Expansion of

Non-Conforming Use

Repair or Incidental Alterations to a Non-Conforming Use

25. Repairs or incidental alterations to a building occupied by a non-conforming use may be made as

follows:

(1) To the exterior of the building; and

(2) To those portions of the interior of the building occupied by the non-conforming use, or

in connection with an expansion of the non-conforming use permitted in accordance with

section 26,

Expansion of Non-Conforming Use

26. A non-conforming use may be enlarged if:

(1) It is a single-family or two-family dwelling and the enlargement conforms to the

applicable district dimensional standards; or

(2) The enlargement is required to comply with the provisions of this By-law related to off-

street parking or loading spaces.

Non-Conforming Use Discontinued for 12 Months

27. A non-conforming use of a structure or of a parcel of land, or portion thereof, which is, or

hereafter becomes, abandoned, vacant or unoccupied, and remains vacant and unoccupied for

twelve consecutive months, shall not thereafter be occupied or used except for a use which

conforms to the applicable district regulations. For the purpose of this Part, the stock in trade

within the structure or on the land shall not in itself constitute a use thereof, nor shall the

occasion or partial operation of such equipment or the presence of any stock in trade in itself

constitute a use of any structure or parcel of land.

Accessory Uses

28. A use that is accessory to a principal non-conforming use may continue as long as the principal

use exists.

Repairs or Incidental Alterations to Non-Conforming Structure

29. Repairs or incidental alterations may be made to a non-conforming structure.

30. If a non-conforming building is damaged to the extent of 50 percent or less of the value of an

equivalent new building, repairs or restoration that result in any non-conformity with the

regulations for the district where it is located may be made if a building permit is obtained within

180 days of the date of damage, and restoration is actually begun within one year and is

diligently pursued to completion. The determination of the reduced structural valuation will be

made by the City, or, at the applicant's option, by a certified independent appraiser.

Expansion of Non-Conforming Structure

31. A non-conforming structure may be enlarged or extended, provided that the use of the structure

conforms with the regulations of the applicable zoning district and the enlargement or extension

would not create a new non-conformity or increase the degree of non-conformity. The addition

or enlargement shall conform to all the applicable zoning district dimensional standards in which

the non-conforming structure is located.

Part 1: Administration

Effects of Public Land Acquisition

Damage to a Non-conforming Structure

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 8

Damage to a Non-conforming Structure

32. The right to maintain a non-conforming structure shall terminate when;

(1) The structure is damaged, in any manner whatsoever, to the extent the cost of repairing

such damage exceeds one hundred percent (100%) of the structure’s assessed value on

the last revised assessment roll; or

(2) The structure has been abandoned and/or deteriorated from natural causes to the extent

that the cost of repair or renovation would exceed one hundred percent (100%) of its

assessed value on the last revised assessment roll.

Lots of Record

33. No structure may be erected on a lot of record unless:

(1) The parcel of land was on record in the Winnipeg Land Titles Office prior to the effective

date of this By-law, or amendments thereto, and did not form part of a larger contiguous

holding under the same ownership;

(2) The parcel of land is in separate ownership and is not part of a continuous frontage with

other parcels of land of the same ownership; and

(3) The yards are provided as set forth in the dimensional standards table of the district in

which the parcel of land is located, except that where width is a factor of the non-

compliance, the side yards may be reduced to 10 percent of the width of the lot but shall

not be less than 3 feet.

Non-conforming Signs

34. A non-conforming sign may be structurally altered, reconstructed, or replaced in the same

location and position in any way that does not change the size, height, or degree of illumination

of the sign, and does not create a new non-conformity or increase an existing non-conformity.

EFFECTS OF PUBLIC LAND ACQUISITION

35. The following applies to lots created by public land acquisition:

(1) If a lot is separated from the street upon which it would otherwise front by a parcel

acquired by the City for the purpose of street-widening, the lot is deemed to have

frontage on that street and a building or structure may be erected, or enlarged, altered

or repaired and used on such lot provided that it conforms to all other requirements of

this By-law.

(2) If a lot having a lesser width and/or area than that required by this By-law is created by

expropriation or street-widening or other land acquisition from the owner of the lot by

the City and the non-conformity is due to no other cause, the lot is deemed to comply

with this By-law and a building or structure may be erected, altered or repaired and used

on the lot provided that it conforms to all other requirements of this By-law.

(3) If a building or structure having lesser yards than those required by this By-law is

created in the manner described in subsection (2), the building or structure is deemed to

comply with this By-law and may:

Part 1: Administration

Variance Orders

Non-conforming Signs

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 9

(a) be maintained, altered or repaired and used, provided that it conforms to all

other requirements of this By-law; and

(b) be enlarged, provided that a substandard yard is not further decreased.

VARIANCE ORDERS

36. Where an owner requests a Variance Order from the provisions of this By-law, the person or

body with the authority to approve a variance must not grant a Variance Order unless in the

opinion of the person or body, the provisions of this By-law have an injurious effect on the

owner’s property. For purposes of this determination, injurious effects includes physical

characteristics of the owner’s site that make it difficult or impossible to comply with the

provisions of this By-law, but does not include conditions created by the owner or conditions

generally shared with other properties in the same area. Without restricting the generality of the

foregoing, only the provisions of Parts 4 and 5 may be the subject of a Variance Order.

REMEDIES AND PENALTIES

37. An individual found guilty of an offence under this By-law is liable on summary conviction to the

following fines, which may not exceed $10,000:

(1) For a first offence, a fine of not less than $100;

(2) For a second offence with respect to any property, a fine of not less than $500; or

(3) For a third or subsequent offence with respect to any property; a fine of not less than

$1,000;

or to imprisonment for a term not to exceed 6 months or both a fine and imprisonment.

38. A corporation found guilty of an offence under this By-law is liable on summary conviction to a

fine of not more than $15,000:

(1) For a first offence, a fine of not less than $500;

(2) For a second offence, with respect to any property a fine of not less than $1,000;

(3) For a third or subsequent offence; with respect to any property a fine of not less than

$1,500.

39. In addition to those remedies and penalties listed in sections 37 and 38 above, the City may

impose any other remedy or penalty specifically provided for in this or another By-law.

40. A Director or officer found guilty of authorizing, permitting or acquiescing in an offence by a

corporation is liable to the penalties set out in section 37.

41. Where a contravention of this By-law continues for more than one day, the person is guilty of a

separate offence for each day the contravention continues.

Part 1: Administration

Transition from Previous By-Law

Repeal

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 10

TRANSITION FROM PREVIOUS BY-LAW

Repeal

42. The following By-laws are repealed:

(1) The

Winnipeg Zoning By-law No. 6400/94

;

(2) The

Airport Vicinity Protection Area Zoning By-law No. 6418/94

;

(3) The

X-rated Store Zoning By-law No. 6087/93

Transition

43. (1) Notwithstanding section 42,

Repeal

, a Variance Order or Conditional Use Order issued

pursuant to the

Winnipeg Zoning By-law No. 6400/94

, the

Airport Vicinity Protection Area

Zoning By-law No. 6418/94

, or the

X-rated Store Zoning By-law No. 6087/93

issued more

than two years and one day prior to the effective date of this By-law is hereby repealed

unless the order contains one or more conditions that remain in effect.

(2) Any use of land or a building lawfully in existence under applicable laws, plus a Variance

or Conditional Use Order or both, upon enactment of this By-law and repeal of that order

or orders shall be deemed to comply with this By-law to the extent and for the period of

time authorized by such order(s).

(3) Any use lawfully in existence prior to this By-law, which did not require a Conditional Use

Order prior to this By-law, but that would require a Conditional Use Order to comply with

this By-law, shall be deemed to have a Conditional Use Order sufficient to create

compliance with this By-law provided that no addition, enlargement or expansion is

approved as a Conditional Use under this By-law.

Applications in Process

44. A development for which final approval was granted prior to the effective date of this By-law may

be completed in accordance with the provisions of Winnipeg Zoning By-law 6400/94 or the

approved plan, subdivision documents, and any other approved order, permits and conditions.

45. Where a development application has been submitted for any type of approval required by the

Development Procedures By-law

, but no final action had been taken by the appropriate decision-

making body on such application prior to the effective date of this By-law, the application shall be

reviewed and considered in accordance with either the provisions of the By-law in place on the

date of submittal or the provisions of this By-law, at the applicant's option.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 11

PART 2: DEFINITIONS

DEFINITIONS

Rules of Construction

46. The following rules of construction apply to the text of this By-law:

(1) Words, phrases and terms defined in this By-law must be given the defined meaning;

(2) Words, phrases and terms not defined in this By-law but defined in the building, electrical

or plumbing by-laws of The City of Winnipeg must be construed as defined in such by-

laws;

(3) Words, phrases and terms neither defined in this By-law nor in the building, electrical or

plumbing By-laws of The City of Winnipeg must be given their usual and customary

meanings except where the context clearly indicates a different meaning;

(4) Where any requirement of this By-law results in a fraction of a unit, a fraction of one-half

or more is considered a whole unit and a fraction of less than one half, is disregarded;

(5) The terms "shall" and “must” are mandatory and not permissive; the word "may" is

permissive and not mandatory;

(6) Words used in the singular include the plural and words used in the plural include the

singular;

(7) Words used in the present tense include the future tense and words used in the future

tense include the present tense;

(8) The phrase "used for" includes "arranged for", "designed for", "maintained for" or

"occupied for"; and

(9) The word “person” includes an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an incorporated

association, or any other similar entity.

Rules of Measurement

47. The following rules of measurement apply to the text of this By-law:

Building Height

(1) Building height is measured as the vertical distance from grade to:

(a) the highest point of the roof surface of a flat roof or a shanty roof; or

(b) to the deck of a mansard roof; or

roof.

(2) Where the slope of a gable, gambrel, or hip roof, or any portion of such roof is less than

1:3 (rise:run), the building height is measured as though the roof were flat.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

Rules of Measurement

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 12

(3) Where a roof contains multiple gables, multiple ridgelines, or multiple flat surfaces, or a

combination of those features, the measurement is made pursuant to the provisions of

subsection (1) above as they apply to that portion of the roof resulting in the highest

measurement. (See Illustration 1.)

Illustration 1: Building Height

Height (a) indicates measurement for flat or shanty roof; height (b) indicates measurement for a

mansard roof; and, height (c) indicates measurement for a gable or hipped roof at the mean level

between ridge and eave. Overall height for the structure is determined based on the highest of

the various measurements - in this case, height (b).

Floor Area Ratio (FAR)

(4) Floor area ratio (FAR) is measured as the gross floor area of all buildings on a lot or

parcel, divided by the lot area, except that such floor area does not include any area

used for parking within the principal building and does not include any area used for

incidental service storage, installations of mechanical equipment, penthouses housing

ventilators and heating systems, and similar uses. (See Illustration 2.)

Illustration 2: Floor Area Ratio

In this illustration, a floor area ratio (FAR) of 1.0 is depicted in three ways: a single-storey building

occupying the entire lot; a two-storey building occupying one-half the lot; and, a 4-storey building

occupying one-quarter of the lot. In each case, the total floor area is equal to the lot size.

Lot Area

(5) Lot area is measured as the amount of gross land area contained within the property

lines of a lot or parcel.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

Rules of Measurement

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 13

Lot Coverage

(6) Lot coverage is measured as the percentage of the total lot area covered by buildings. It

is calculated by dividing the square footage of building cover by the square footage of

the lot, except that the following structures are not counted as covered areas for

purposes of determining lot coverage:

(a) areas covered by open swimming pools and hot tubs;

(b) open decks, landings, and stairs less than 4 feet above grade (See Illustration

3.);

total area; and

(d) any permitted projections.

Illustration 3: Lot Coverage

Lot coverage is the ratio between the total area covered by buildings and the lot size. In this example, the

uncovered deck (less than 4 feet above grade) would not count as building cover. The building footprint

(shown as shaded in the plan view) divided by the lot size would determine lot coverage.

Lot Depth

(7) Lot depth is the depth of a lot from the street, measured as the horizontal distance

between the centre points in the front and rear lot lines, and generally equal to the

horizontal length of the lot depth line. In the case of a flag lot, the lot depth is measured

as one-half of the cumulative horizontal lengths of all of the sidelines of the lot.

Lot Depth Line

(8) (a) for an interior lot or corner lot, the lot depth line is the line between the front lot

line centre point to the rear lot line centre point. (See Illustration 4.)

(b) for a through lot, the lot depth line is the line between the centre points on the

two front lot lines with the maximum horizontal separation.

Lot Line Centre Point

(9) The centre point of a lot line is located at one-half the cumulative distance of the length

of all line segments or arcs forming the lot line. (See Illustration 4.)

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 14

Lot Width

(10) Lot width is the lesser of the horizontal distance between the side lot lines of a lot,

measured at right angles to the lot depth line at a point midway between the front and

rear lot lines, or at 50 feet from the front lot line. (See Illustration 4.)

front lot line

side lot line

rear lot line

front lot line

side lot line

rear lot line

Illustration 4: Lot Width

Yards or Setbacks

(11) Yards are those areas of lots that are unobstructed from the ground to the sky except as

otherwise specifically allowed in sections 19,

Permitted Projections,

and 159,

Permitted

Projections into Required Front, Side, and Rear Yards

, of this By-law. Yards (also known

as setbacks) are measured using the horizontal distances measured between the lot line

and the closest foundation wall of a building or structure along a line perpendicular to

the lot line.

General Terms

48. The following definitions apply to the text of this By-law:

“abut or abutting” means immediately contiguous to or touching and, when used with respect

to a lot or site, means the lot or site touches upon another lot, site, right-of-way, or piece of land

and shares a property line or boundary with it.

“accessibility” means the ability of persons with disabilities to enter and use facilities without

having to avoid significant obstacles that are not inherent in the design of the facility.

“accessory building, structure, or use” means a building, structure, or use established or

erected in conjunction with or subsequent to the establishment or erection of a principal building,

structure, or use approved under this By-law, and is subordinate or incidental to, and located on

the same zoning lot as, a principal building, structure, or use.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 15

“adjacent” means properties or uses that abut one another or are separated by a street or

other publicly-dedicated right-of-way, canal, or railroad right-of-way.

“adult service or entertainment establishment” means an establishment where any

exhibition, display, dance, or service, or the sale or rental of products that involve the

presentation or exposure to view of any portion of the female breast below the top of the areola,

male genitals, female genitals, or the pubic hair, anus, or cleft of the buttocks of any person, or

male genitals in a discernibly turgid state even if completely and opaquely covered but does not

include establishments licensed by the Manitoba Liquor Control Commission, a dating and escort

service, a massage parlour that do not meet the criteria above, or an “x-rated store”.

“agricultural activity” means a use of land for agricultural purposes including farming,

dairying, pasturage, apiculture, horticulture, floriculture, viticulture, and animal and poultry

husbandry.

“agricultural building” means a structure on agricultural land designed, constructed, and used

to house farm implements, livestock, or agricultural produce or products used by the owner,

occupant, employees, and persons engaged in the pick up or delivery of agricultural produce or

products grown or raised on the premises but does not include a dwelling.

“agricultural cultivation” means the raising for consumption or commercial sale of agricultural

vegetation, including vegetables, grains, fruits, plants, sod, trees, and other similar products.

“agricultural grazing and feeding” means the practice of keeping cattle, sheep, horses, or

other similar animals on fields for the purpose of grazing and feeding, and includes livestock

pasturing, dairy operations, and fur farming.

“airport and associated facilities” means land or water which is used or intended for the

landing or take-off of aircraft and any associated areas which are used or intended for use for

airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way, including taxi-ways, aircraft storage

and tie-down areas, hangers, helipads, and other related buildings and open spaces.

“alteration, incidental” means changes to or replacement of non-structural parts of a building

or structure, including:

(a) alteration of interior partitions; or

(b) replacement of, or minor changes in, the capacity of utility pipes, ducts or

conduits; or

limited to the following:

(i) adding or enlarging windows or doors in exterior walls; or

(ii) replacement of building facades.

“amusement device” means any equipment, machine or instrument that may be used or

operated as a game, entertainment or amusement, and includes all marble machines, strength

testing machines, pinball machines, skill-ball machines, mechanical grab machines, flipper games,

shooting galleries, electronic dartboards, electronic games, mechanical rides, shuffleboards,

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 16

billiard tables, but does not include video lottery terminals as licensed by the Province of

Manitoba.

“amusement enterprise, indoor” means a commercial establishment designed and equipped

for assembly occupancy uses for the conduct of sports, exercise, and/or leisure-time activities

within a fully enclosed building, uses of which include: arcade games, billiards, bingo, bowling,

skating/roller rinks, go kart tracks, shooting ranges, and paintball arcades, and related

amusements.

“amusement enterprise, outdoor” means an outdoor facility whose main purpose is to

provide the general public with entertainment or recreation, with or without charge, including

amusement parks, batting cages, drive-in theatres, golf driving ranges, miniature golf courses,

go-cart tracks, target sport ranges, skating rinks, skateboard parks, swimming pools, water

parks, zoological parks, and similar uses.

“animal hospital or veterinary clinic” means an establishment providing inpatient and

outpatient services for domestic animals which might involve indoor facilities only, or both indoor

and outdoor facilities, depending on the zoning district in which they are located.

“apiary” means a place where bee colonies, hives, combs, or appliances are kept.

“applicant” means, unless otherwise specified, a registered owner or an owner's authorized

agent, who has filed an application subject to the provisions of this By-law.

“assisted living facility” means a facility where meals, lodging, and continuing nursing care

are provided for compensation, including assisted living facilities, nursing homes, retirement

homes, and medical receiving homes.

“auction room” means a building or portion of a building used for the public sale of goods,

merchandise, or equipment, other than livestock, vehicles or heavy equipment, to the highest

bidder.

“auction yard” means a place where vehicles or heavy equipment (operable or inoperable) are

offered for sale to the highest bidder.

“auditorium, concert hall, theatre or cinema” means an establishment devoted to showing

motion pictures or dramatic, dance, musical, or other live performances.

“auto / light truck / motorcycle, sales and rental” means the storage, display, sale, lease,

or rental of new or used vehicles, including automobiles, light trucks, motorcycles, and similar

vehicles and may include repair and service. This use does not include junk or salvage

operations. Light trucks include those with a gross vehicle weight of 10,000 pounds or less.

“auto / light truck / motorcycle, repair and service,” means an establishment involved in

the repair and maintenance of automobiles, light trucks, motorcycles, and similar vehicles.

Services include engine, transmission, or differential repair or replacement; body work;

upholstery work; painting; engine tune-ups; oil change and lubrication; brake repair shop; tire

store; detailing and polishing, and associated repairs. Vehicle parts ordinarily installed on the

premises may be sold.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 17

“auto parts and supplies, sales” means an establishment that sells primarily new parts, tires,

and other accessories for automobiles, light trucks, motorcycles, recreational vehicles, boats,

trailers, snowmobiles, and similar vehicles but does not include establishments dealing primarily

in used parts, including junk or salvage operations.

“automated teller machine” means a device that dispenses cash and conducts limited

banking transactions for customers using a credit card, bank card, or other similar personal

banking card.

“aviary” means a place for keeping birds for the purpose of raising, exhibiting, or selling them.

“awning” means a shelter:

(a) projecting from and supported by the exterior wall of a building;

(b) designed to be collapsible or retractable; and

“bare land condominium” means a condominium plan upon which one or more units are

defined by delineation of the horizontal boundaries of the unit without reference to any buildings.

“basement” means that portion of a building that is partly underground but that has at least

one-half of its height from finished floor to finished ceiling above grade.

“bay window” means a large window or series of windows projecting from the outer wall of a

building.

“bed and breakfast” means a major home-based business operated as an accessory use to a

single-family residential use that provides temporary lodging (other than a hotel or motel) to

guests for short periods of time, and that may also provide breakfast to guests.

“boarder or roomer” means a person who is provided lodging with or without meals at

another’s home for a fee or services.

“boat dock, public access” means a structure built over or floating on water used as a landing

place for boats and for other recreational uses by the general public.

“body modification establishment” means a commercial establishment that provides physical

body adornment by body piercing or tattooing including scarification and the insertion of implants

but excluding piercing of the ear.

“building height”. See subsection 47(1).

“building, principal” means the building or structure on a lot used to accommodate the

principal permitted use, such use possibly occurring in more than one building or structure.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 18

“bus depot” means an area utilized by commercial carriers for pick-up or drop-off of

passengers, including loading and unloading areas, shelters, restrooms, concessions, benches,

information offices, parking, ticket sales, landscaping, lighting and other such facilities and

appurtenances.

“call centre” means a building or a portion of a building in which workers provide support

services to offsite customers primarily via telephone interactions. Services to customers are not

typically available on a walk-in or over-the-counter basis. Call centres are distinct from “office”

uses on the bases of multiple-shift operations (typically 24-hour, seven days a week) and floor

space configurations that typically involve dense staff concentrations in comparatively smaller

work areas.

“camping ground” means an area or tract of land on which accommodations for temporary

occupancy are located or may be placed, including tents and recreational vehicle equipment.

“canopy” means a non-retractable, covered or enclosed rigid structural framework attached to

and extending outward from the exterior wall of a building, including theatre marquees, but does

not include any structurally integrated architectural feature such as lintels, sills, mouldings,

architraves and pediments, or any structures over petroleum pumps.

“car wash” means a facility for the cleaning of automobiles or other motor vehicles, whether

operated by the public or by on-site employees, whether or not in conjunction with other goods

or services provided to customers.

“care home” means a building or portion of a building used for:

(a) the boarding or other residential accommodation; and

(b) the care, treatment or supervision;

of persons, in which care, treatment or supervision is not provided to any persons not resident in

the care home.

“caretaker’s residence” means an accessory dwelling on a nonresidential property occupied by

the person or family who oversees or guards the operation.

“cellar” means that portion of a building that is partly or wholly underground and which has

more than one-half of its height, from finished floor to finished ceiling, below adjacent finished

grade as approved.

“cemetery, mausoleum, or columbarium” means land used or dedicated to the interment of

human or animal remains, including columbarium, mausoleums, mortuaries and associated

maintenance facilities when operated in conjunction with, and within the boundaries of, such

cemetery.

“cheque-cashing facility” commonly known as a “payday loan” establishment, means a

commercial establishment that engages in the business of cashing cheques, warrants, drafts,

money orders, or other commercial paper serving the same purpose but does not include a bank,

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 19

savings and loan, or credit union nor establishments selling retail consumer goods, where the

cashing of cheques or money orders is incidental to the principal purpose of the business.

“college or university” means a permanent facility for the purpose of undergraduate and

graduate instruction, whether privately or publicly funded, and includes on-site dormitories for

enrolled students.

“commercial marina” means a commercial facility for the storage, launching, mooring, renting

and incidental repair of boats.

“commercial school” means an establishment, other than elementary or junior high schools,

senior high schools, or colleges and universities, offering training or instruction in a trade, art, or

occupation, including beauty schools, dance schools, and trade or vocational schools.

“community gardens” means a public use of land for the cultivation of fruits, flowers,

vegetables, or ornamental plants by more than one person or family.

“community/recreation centre” means a facility for recreational, social, or multi-purpose use

where patrons are primarily participants and any spectators are incidental and attend on a non-

recurring basis. Examples include recreation and leisure centres, hockey and skating rinks,

curling, swimming pools, bowling alleys, racquet clubs, rifle and pistol ranges, community halls,

and community centres.

“conditional use” means a use of a building or land described as a conditional use in this By-

law which may be approved under Part 6 of

The City of Winnipeg Charter.

Conditional uses are

uses that may have unique or widely varying operating characteristics, may have potential

operational or other impacts on adjacent properties, or may have unusual site development

demands.

“Conditional Use Order” means an order in respect of an application for a conditional use.

“contractor’s establishment” means a building or part of a building or land area for the

construction or storage of materials, equipment, tools, products, and vehicles.

“crematorium” means a facility containing a properly installed, certified furnace or other

apparatus intended for use in the incineration of human or animal corpses.

“cultural centre” means a building or portion of a building dedicated to the celebration and

promotion of a cultural group or groups. A cultural centre is distinct from a private club on the

basis of a broader range of uses typically available to customers and guests, including

restaurants, retail sales, personal services, theatres, and banquet halls. In addition, customers

and guests are not required to be members of a non-profit organization.

“dating and escort services” means any business which offers to provide or does provide an

introduction between two persons for a period of companionship for which service a fee is

charged, levied or otherwise imposed. This use is also regulated under the

City of Winnipeg

License By-law

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 20

“day care” means facilities that provide care for children operated in connection with an

employment use, shopping centre, or other principal use, where children are cared for while

parents or guardians are occupied on the premises or in the immediate vicinity. No overnight

care is provided.

“day care centre” means facilities that provide care for persons on a regular basis away from

their principal residence, but do not provide medical treatment or overnight supervision, where

the use is the principal use of the property (not an accessory use). This category does not

include public or private schools or facilities operated in connection with an employment use,

shopping centre, or other principal use, where children are cared for while parents or guardians

are occupied on the premises or in the immediate vicinity.

“design standard” means a development requirement related to the design or layout of a site

or building set out in sections 205 through 211,

Design Standards

“development” has the same meaning as in

The City of Winnipeg Charter.

“development application” means any application in connection with a development or an

approval, permit, order, by-law or amendment that allows or would allow a development and

includes any appeal filed against a Variance Order or Conditional Use Order related to any one or

more of them.

“development permit” means a permit authorizing a development that is subject to a zoning

by-law.

“development standard” means a development requirement included in Part 5.

“diameter at breast height (DBH)” means the diameter of a tree or other landscape material

at 4½ above grade.

“dimensional standard” means a development requirement that establishes maximum size of

buildings and structures on a lot and the buildable area within which the building can be located,

including lot coverage, yard requirements, height, floor area ratio, and other standards defined in

Part 5.

“Director” means, except where otherwise specified in this By-law, the Director of Planning,

Property and Development and his/her delegates.

“dormitory” means a building designed for or used as group living quarters for students of a

school, and owned and managed by that school, or by a fraternity or sorority officially recognized

by that school.

“drinking establishment” means an establishment or portion of an establishment, licensed by

the Government of Manitoba, where the principal purpose of the establishment or portion is the

sale of alcoholic beverages to the public, for consumption on the premises.

NOTE: Under The City of Winnipeg Charter “development” means the construction of a building on, over or under land, a change

in the use or intensity of use of a building or land, the removal of soil or vegetation from land, the deposit or stockpiling of soil or

material on land, and the excavation of land.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 21

“drive-in or drive-through” means any use designed or operated to allow patrons, while

outside on the premises in motor vehicles, to order, request, exchange, donate, or receive goods,

wares, merchandise, products, foods, beverages, or services.

“dwelling” means a building or portion of a building designed for and intended to be used for

residential occupancy. It does not include establishments for commercial accommodation.

“dwelling unit” means a building or portion of a building designed or used for residential

occupancy by a single family, including cooking, eating, living, sanitary and sleeping facilities.

“dwelling, live-work” means a residential dwelling unit that includes working space accessible

from the living area, reserved for and regularly used by one or more residents of the dwelling

unit, in which working space exceeds 25 percent of gross floor area, but does not include a

“home based business”.

“dwelling, multi-family” means a structure, located on a single lot, containing 3 or more

dwelling units, each of which is designed for or occupied by one family only, with separate

housekeeping and cooking facilities for each.

“dwelling, single-family detached” means a building designed for residential occupancy by

one family, including modular and ready-to-move homes, but not including a mobile home.

“dwelling, two-family” means a building containing two dwelling units, each designed and

used or intended to be used exclusively by one family.

“elementary or junior high school” means an accredited school under the sponsorship of a

public, private, or religious agency providing instruction to students between the kindergarten

and senior high school levels.

“emergency residential shelter” means a facility where emergency temporary lodging is

provided to persons who are homeless, due to indigence or disaster, operated by a public or non-

profit agency, and where on-site supervision is provided whenever such shelter is occupied.

“family” means one person or two or more persons voluntarily associated, plus any dependents,

living together as an independent, self-governing single-housekeeping unit.

“farmers’ market” means an occasional or periodic market held in an open area or in a

structure where groups of individual sellers offer for sale to the public such items as fresh

produce, seasonal fruits, fresh flowers, arts and crafts items, and food and beverages dispensed

from booths located on-site.

“feedlot” means a place where the feeding of livestock, poultry, pigs, or small animals takes

place for commercial purposes in lots, pens, ponds, sheds or buildings where food is supplied

primarily by means other than grazing, foraging, or other natural means.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 22

“fitness or wellness centre, indoor” means a commercial establishment designed and

equipped for assembly occupancy uses for the conduct of exercise and/or leisure-time activities

within a fully enclosed building, uses of which include: gymnasiums and health clubs, wellness

centres, weightlifting establishments, martial arts studios, fitness studios, yoga studios, dance

studios, swimming pools, and related fitness and wellness activities.

“fleet services” means a central facility for the distribution, storage, loading and repair of fleet

vehicles, with or without associated dispatch services and offices. Typical uses include, but are

not limited to, courier, delivery, and express services, cleaning services, key and lock services,

security services, and taxi services.

“floor area ratio”. See subsection 47(4).

“floor area” means the sum of the gross horizontal areas of the several floors of all buildings

and structures on the zoning lot, measured from the exterior faces of exterior walls, or from the

centre line of partitions, except spaces in a basement, cellar or penthouse used for mechanical or

heating equipment, and except any space within the building used as a parking area or loading

area.

“freight or truck yard” means an area or building where cargo is stored and where trucks,

including tractors and trailer units, load and unload cargo on a regular basis. The use may

include facilities for the temporary storage of loads prior to shipment. The use also includes

truck stops or fueling stations where diesel fuel is primarily sold.

“frontage” means that part of a zoning lot fronting on a public road. For the purposes of

frontage foot calculations, “frontage” includes all property lines abutting public roads.

“fuel sales” means an establishment operated at a fixed location at which gasoline or any other

motor vehicle engine fuel is offered for sale to the public.

“full cut-off lighting” means lighting with a light distribution pattern that results in no light

being projected at or above a horizontal plane located at the bottom of the fixture. (See

Illustration 5 for examples of full cut-off lighting.)

Illustration 5: Full Cut-Off Light Fixtures (Examples)

“fundraising event” means an activity sponsored by a non-profit organization or public entity

for the purpose of raising funds or providing information, other than a special event as defined in

this Part.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 23

“funeral chapel or mortuary” means a facility for the storage of deceased human bodies prior

to burial or cremation, or a building used for the preparation of the deceased for burial and the

display of the deceased and ceremonies connected therewith before burial or cremation.

“gallery/museum” means

(a) a commercial establishment engaged in the sale, loan, or display of paintings, sculpture,

textiles, antiquities, or other works of art; or,

(b) a permanent facility, open to the public, with or without charge, for the collection and

display of paintings, sculpture, textiles, antiquities, or other works of art.

This type of use is distinct from and does not include libraries.

“garbage incineration and reduction” means a facility for the purpose of treating, burning,

compacting, composting, or disposing of solid waste.

“golf course” means a tract of land laid out with a course having 9 or more holes for playing

the game of golf. This term does not include miniature golf courses nor does it include driving

ranges that are not accessory to a golf course.

“grade” means:

(a) for purposes of sign regulations, the elevation established by the City for the surface of

the sidewalk or boulevard above which the sign is located and, for a sign completely

within private property, the finished ground surface directly underneath the sign; and

(b) for other purposes, the average of the finished ground surface at the midpoint of each

wall of a building. In the case of walls that are parallel to and within 5 feet of a public

sidewalk, the ground level shall be measured at the sidewalk. (See Illustration 6.)

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 24

sidewalksidewalk

Illustration 6: Building Grade

Building grade is determined at the midpoint of each wall plane. In the case of the wall parallel to and within 5’ of

the sidewalk, grade is measured from the sidewalk grade.

“grain elevator” means a facility or area for the temporary storage of grain for transferal to

trucks, train cars, or other forms of transportation.

“habitable room or space” means a room or enclosed space used or intended to be used for

living, sleeping, cooking or eating purposes, excluding bathrooms, water closet compartments,

laundries, pantries, foyers, communicating corridors, closets, storage rooms, and rooms in

basements or cellars used only for recreational purposes.

“hall rental” means any building or portion of a building that is hired or rented for wedding

receptions, private banquets, socials, or other functions to which the public is not admitted and

to which no direct fee is charged for admission.

“heavy equipment sales, service, and rental” means a facility that is engaged in the sales

and repair of heavy equipment typically used in agricultural, commercial or industrial operations,

including tractors, trucks with a gross vehicle weight of over 10,000 pounds, semi trucks and/or

trailers, harvesters, loaders and tracked vehicles as well as sales of parts, whether new or used,

for heavy equipment.

“heavy manufacturing” means a use of land that includes the assembly, fabrication, and/or

processing of goods and materials using processes that ordinarily have greater than average

impacts on the environment, or that ordinarily have significant impacts on the use and enjoyment

of other properties in terms of noise, smoke, fumes, odours, glare, or health or safety hazards, or

that otherwise do not constitute “light manufacturing,” or any use where the area occupied by

outside storage of goods and materials used in the assembly, fabrication, or processing exceeds

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 25

25 percent of the floor area of buildings on the lot. Examples include, but are not limited to:

battery, chemicals, machinery, and plastics manufacture; mushroom plant; batching plant;

packaging plant; slaughterhouse; rendering plant.

“home-based business, major” means an occupation or activity that is accessory to the use

of the premises as a dwelling and that does not adversely affect the residential character of the

neighbourhood, but that has more impacts than minor home-based businesses.

“home-based business, minor” means an occupation or activity that is accessory to the use

of the premises as a dwelling and that does not alter the exterior of the property or affect the

residential character of the neighbourhood.

“hospital” means an institution that maintains and operates facilities for inpatient medical care

with overnight stays, including x-ray, laboratory, and surgical, for the diagnosis, care, and

treatment of human illness, injury, and disease (physical or mental). Outpatient care may also

be provided.

“hostel” means a building or portion of a building other than a private home where temporary

accommodation with cooking facilities or meals is provided, but not including a hospital, a care

home, a rehabilitation home, or a social service facility.

“hotel or motel” means a building or portion of a building providing temporary accommodation

in individual guest rooms or suites with or without provision for cooking in any individual guest

room or suite.

“incidental use” means a use established or erected in conjunction with or subsequent to the

establishment or erection of a principal building, structure, or use approved under this By-law,

and is incidental to, and located on the same zoning lot as, a principal or accessory use, and that

has fewer impacts than an accessory use.

[Reserved]

“kennel” means an establishment in which dogs or cats are housed, groomed, boarded, trained,

bred, or sold, on a daily or overnight basis, for commercial purposes.

“landfill” means a permanent facility, either publicly- or privately-owned, operated for the

purpose of disposing of or composting solid waste.

“landscape or garden supplies” means an establishment, including a building, part of a

building or open space, for the display and/or sale of plants, trees, and other materials used in

indoor or outside planting for retail sales and incidental wholesale trade.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 26

“landscape/garden contractor or production” means a location for the production of

landscape materials, including commercial greenhouses or nurseries, and the wholesale sale of

supplies, plants, trees and landscaping materials.

“landscaping” means any decorative features, such as concrete bases, planter boxes, pole

covers, or decorative framing on the sign support or base structures, and shrubs or plants, but

does not include any copy or logo.

“lane, public” means a thoroughfare not over 33 feet in width in public ownership that affords

only a secondary means of access to abutting property.

“large commercial retail building” means, for purposes of determining the applicability of

those “retail building” standards and requirements in subsection 208(5),

Additional Standards for

Large Commercial Retail Buildings

, single-storey retail building containing 65,000 square feet or

more of gross floor area in which one user or tenant occupies more than 75 percent of the gross

floor area.

“light manufacturing” means the assembly, fabrication, and/or processing of goods and

materials using processes that ordinarily do not create noise, smoke, fumes, odours, glare, or

health or safety hazards outside of the building or lot where such assembly, fabrication, or

processing takes place, where such processes are housed entirely within a building, or where the

area occupied by outside operations or storage of goods and materials used in the assembly,

fabrication, or processing does not exceed 25 percent of the floor area of buildings on the lot.

Examples include, but are not limited to: Electronic equipment assembly and manufacturing and

assembly from finished products.

“light truck” means a truck or similar vehicle with a single rear axle and single rear wheels.

“loading aisle” means that portion of a loading facility that provides vehicular access to a

loading space, not directly from a driveway. May be shared with a parking aisle.

“loading driveway” means that portion of a loading facility that provides vehicular access from

a public right-of-way to a loading space. May be shared with a parking driveway.

“loading space” means that portion of a loading facility, excluding vehicle maneuvering areas

such as aisles and driveways, that will accommodate one motor vehicle.

“loading” means an open area of land or an area within a structure, not including within a

public right-of-way, used for the loading and unloading of materials, merchandise, or people from

motor vehicles.

“lot area” See subsection 47(5).

“lot coverage” See subsection 47(6).

“lot depth” See subsection 47(7).

“lot depth line” See subsection 47(8).

“lot line, front” means:

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 27

(a) in the case of an interior lot, all lot limits which abut public streets; or

(b) in the case of a through lot, all lot limits which abut public streets from which vehicular

access is permitted; or

an abutting interior lot or, if none, those frontages which, as front lot lines, accord with

the intent and purpose of yard requirements under this By-law, as determined by the

Director.

“lot line, rear” means:

(a) the lot limit which is most nearly parallel to the front lot line; or

(b) any lot limit which is in whole or in part the rear lot line of an abutting lot and as a rear

lot line accords with the intent and purpose of yard requirements or development

standards under this By-law; or

line 10 feet in length, located within the lot, parallel to and at the maximum distance

from the front lot line.

“lot line, side” means any lot limit which intersects with a front lot line and which is not a rear

lot line in accordance with the intent and purpose of yard requirements under this By-law.

“lot of record” means any parcel of land lawfully existing prior to the effective date of this By-

law that does not comply with the applicable district dimensional standards for lots on the

effective date of this By-law. A “lot of record” may also be referred to as a “non-conforming lot.”

“lot, corner” means a zoning lot that abuts the intersection of two or more public streets, or

that abuts the approximately perpendicular intersection of two or more frontages of the same

public street. (See Illustration 7.)

“lot, flag” means a lot so shaped and designed that the main building site area is set back from

the street on which it fronts and includes an access strip connecting the main building site with

the frontage street.

“lot, interior” means a zoning lot that has frontage on only a single public street. (See

Illustration 7.)

“lot, reverse corner” means a corner lot, the side street line of which is substantially a

continuation of the front lot line of the first lot to its rear.

“lot, through” means a zoning lot that abuts two or more public streets but that does not abut

the intersection of those streets. (See Illustration 7.)

“lot, zoning” means a parcel of land that abuts a public street or an unimproved street that is

to be improved as a public street to serve that lot pursuant to an agreement with the City, or is

separated from a public street that it would otherwise abut by a portion of that parcel acquired

out of it by the City or by the Queen in the Right of the Province of Manitoba for the purpose of

dyking or future street widening, and which:

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 28

(a) conforms to the lot width and lot area requirements of the applicable zoning district and

is one entire subdivided parcel, no part of which can separately be conveyed without

subdivision approval under

The City of Winnipeg Charter

; or

(b) does not conform to the lot width and/or lot area requirements of the applicable zoning

district, which is not contiguous with any parcel registered to the same owner, and which

lawfully existed on the date of enactment or amendment of this By-law; or

district, which is not contiguous with any parcel registered to the same owner, and which

does not conform solely as a result of acquisition of a portion of that lot by the City or by

the Queen in the Right of the Province of Manitoba.

Illustration 7: Lot Types

“massage parlour” means any premises, room or place in which the trade of massaging is

carried on by more than one individual other than an individual licensed under the

City of

Winnipeg License By-law

as a massage therapist. This use is also regulated under the

City of

Winnipeg License By-law

“medical, dental, optical, or counselling clinic” means a facility for the provision of human

health services and related activities such as preparation of castings, dentures, and x-rays, for

patients without overnight accommodations, and accessory laboratory facilities. Each clinic shall

be considered a single use regardless of the number of professional service providers sharing a

clinic space.

“micro-brewery, distillery or winery” means a small brewery, winery, or distillery operated

in conjunction with a drinking establishment or restaurant, provided the beer, wine, or liquor is

sold for consumption onsite or off the premises and is not sold to other drinking establishments,

restaurants, or wholesalers.

“mining and extraction” means the extraction of minerals, sand, gravel, and ores, from their

natural occurrences on affected land and distribution of extracted materials, including the

excavation, processing or distribution of clay, gravel, stone and soils.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 29

“mini-warehouse/self-storage” means an enclosed permanent facility that provides storage

space to the general public on a for-hire basis. Mini-warehouses and self-storage areas may also

include vehicle storage for recreational vehicles, boats, and other vehicles. No other business or

service may be allowed to operate out of a rented storage space. This definition also applies to a

use that provides portable containers for storage.

“mobile home” means a portable dwelling unit that is designed or used for residential

occupancy, built upon or having a frame or chassis to which wheels may be attached for

transportation purposes, whether or not such structure actually has at any time such wheels, or

is jacked up or skirted.

“modular home” means a single-family dwelling suitable for year-round occupancy that

consists of one or more modules either partially or wholly factory-fabricated and containing a

framework that does not contain wheels or towing tongue. When transported to a building site,

it will be placed on a permanent foundation so as to be substantially affixed to the site and

connected to the required utilities, thereby making it immobile housing.

“neighbourhood rehabilitation home” means a building or portion of a building used for the

boarding or other residential accommodation plus mandatory supervision or treatment of persons

who are from or discharged from any penal institution or who are receiving supervision or

treatment for alcohol or other drug addictions, in which supervision or treatment is not provided

to any persons not resident in the rehabilitation home.

“non-conforming sign” means any sign lawfully established prior to the effective date of this

By-law that does not comply with the signs standards of this By-law.

“non-conforming structure” means any building lawfully existing prior to the effective date of

this By-law that does not comply with one or more of the applicable district dimensional

standards set forth in Part 5 on the effective date of this By-law.

“non-conforming use” means any use of a building, or parcel of land, or portion of a building,

or parcel of land, lawfully existing prior to the effective date of this By-law, that does not conform

to one or more of the applicable use regulations of the district in which it is located on the

effective date of this By-law.

“non-conformity” means any use, structure, sign, or lot, individually or in combination, which

lawfully existed prior to the effective date of this By-law, but that does not conform to one or

more of the applicable standards on the effective date of this By-law.

“office/service area or building” means an accessory use provided in conjunction to a mobile

home park, multiple-family dwelling, or a non-residential use, that is clearly incidental to and

customarily found in connection with the principal use, such as administrative offices for the

principal use.

“office” means a building or a portion of a building used primarily for conducting the affairs of a

business, profession, service, industry, government, or like activity, or that provides direct

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 30

governmental services to the public, such as employment, public assistance, motor vehicle

licensing and registration, and similar activities.

“outside display and sales,” means an outside display of goods and/or materials for sale,

accessory to a commercial principal use. Merchandise may be directly available to the consumer

for purchase.

“outside operations,” means activities conducted outside that are directly related to, and in

support of a permitted principal use on the site.

“outside storage” means outside storage, but not display for sale, of goods and/or materials.

Storage of materials in a structure with a roof, but no walls, is considered outside storage.

“overlay district” means a zoning district established by section 57,

Planned Development

Overlay Districts

“owner” means a person who is an owner of a freehold estate in the city and includes a person

who is an owner jointly with another person, and a person who is registered under

The

Condominium Act

as the owner, as defined in that Act, of a unit under that Act.

“parapet” means a low wall at the edge of a roof; especially that part of an exterior wall that

rises above the roof.

“parish hall” means an accessory use to a religious institution containing office, meeting, or

activity space.

“park, plaza, square, playground” means a development of public land specifically designed

or reserved for the general public for active or passive recreational use and including

landscaping, facilities, playing fields, buildings, and other structures that are consistent with the

general purposes of public parkland, whether or not such recreational facilities are publicly

operated or operated by other organizations pursuant to arrangements with the public authority

owning the park. Typical uses include tot lots, band shells, picnic grounds, pedestrian/bicycle

paths and pathways, landscaped buffers, arboretums, botanical gardens, playgrounds, toboggan

slides, skateboard parks, swimming pools, wading pools, and water features.

“parking aisle” means that portion of a parking facility that provides vehicular access to a

parking space, not directly from a driveway .

“parking driveway” means that portion of a parking facility that provides vehicular access from

a public right-of-way to a parking space, or an aisle.

“parking facility” means an open area of land or an area within a structure, not including an

area or structure located within a public right-of-way, used for the parking of motor vehicles.

“parking space” means that portion of a parking facility, excluding vehicle manoeuvering areas

such as aisles and driveways, that will accommodate one motor vehicle.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 31

“parking, structured” means a structure or facility where motor vehicles may be stored for

purposes of temporary, daily, or overnight off-street parking as a principal use. The facility may

be above, below, or partially below ground and includes parking garages and parking decks.

“parking, surface” means an unenclosed area where motor vehicles may be stored for

purposes of temporary, daily, or overnight off-street parking as a principal use.

“passenger vehicle” means a self-powered motor vehicle, other than a bus, commercial

vehicle, motor home, or taxicab that is designed, used, or maintained primarily for the

transportation of people on ordinary roads. This definition includes pickup trucks, vans,

minivans, motorcycles, mopeds, scooters.

“pawnshop” means a place where money is loaned on security of personal property left in

pawn and pledged as collateral for the loan.

“permitted use” means a use permitted in a zoning district without the need for special

administrative review and approval, upon satisfaction of the standards and requirements of this

By-law.

“personal services” means establishments that provide services to the general public, and in

which any retail sale of merchandise associated with the service provided is incidental to the

provision of services, but not including a “body modification establishment”, “cheque-cashing

facility”, “funeral chapel or mortuary”, or “medical/dental/optical/counselling clinic”.

“place of worship” means facilities used primarily for non-profit purposes to provide assembly

and meeting areas for religious activities. Examples include churches, temples, synagogues,

mosques, chapels, and meeting houses.

“

Plan Winnipeg

” means the development plan adopted by Council in accordance with

The City

of Winnipeg Charter

“principal building” means any building on a site that contains permitted principal uses, as

opposed to

(a) buildings that contain only accessory or incidental uses; and ,

(b) buildings that contain only storage or operational functions in support of principal uses

located in other buildings.

“principal building entrance” means the entrance of any building, generally facing a sidewalk

or public street, intended to accommodate the majority of public traffic.

“principal use” means the primary or predominant use of any lot, building, or structure.

“private club, not licensed” means a non-profit organization incorporated as such by the

Government of Canada or the Government of Manitoba. Includes facilities used for the meeting,

social, or recreational activities of non-profit philanthropic, social service, athletic, business, or

fraternal organizations, without onsite residences. When licensed for the sale of alcoholic

beverages by the Government of Manitoba, such a club is considered a “drinking establishment.”

“prohibited use” means a use not permitted in a zoning district.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 32

“protection and emergency services” means a development that is required for the public

protection of persons and property from injury, harm, or damage together with the incidental

storage of equipment and vehicles. Typical uses include police stations, fire stations, ambulance

services, and ancillary training facilities.

“public utility” means any person, firm, corporation, municipal department, or board duly

authorized to furnish, and furnishing under provincial or municipal regulations to the public,

electricity, gas, steam, sewer, communication, telegraph, transportation, or water services. The

term also means the use of land for the purpose of providing such service.

[Reserved]

“racetrack” means a measured course where animals or machines are entered in competition

against one another or against time, including tracks used only in the training of animals.

“railway yard” means an area for storing or switching of freight and passenger trains.

Necessary and allowed functions include but are not limited to the switching, storing, assembling,

distributing, consolidating, repairing, weighing, or transferring of cars, trains, engines, and rolling

stock.

“real estate sales offices and model sales homes” means a dwelling unit temporarily used

for display purposes as an example of a dwelling unit to be available for sale or rental in a

particular residential development and located within that development. Model homes may also

incorporate sales or rental offices for dwellings within the development.

“recreation vehicle” means any vehicle, other than an automobile, motor home, travel trailer,

or truck, with or without motive power, designed for recreational purposes, including but not

restricted to a boat, a power toboggan, and a trailer designed specifically for the transport of a

recreation vehicle.

“recycling collection centre” means a use that serves as a drop-off point for temporary

storage for recoverable resources, such as newspapers, glassware, plastics, and metal cans. No

processing of such items would be allowed.

“recycling plant” means a facility in which recoverable resources such as newspapers,

glassware, plastics, and metal cans are recycled, reprocessed, and treated to return such

products to a condition in which they can again be used for production. This facility is not a

wrecking yard or a junkyard.

“research institution” means an establishment or facility engaged in scientific research,

product design, development and testing, and limited manufacturing necessary for the

production of prototypes.

“restaurant” means an establishment primarily engaged in the preparation of food intended to

be sold to the public for consumption on or off the premises. Restaurants may be licensed by

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 33

the Government of Manitoba for the sale of alcohol; however, the sale of alcohol is incidental to

the sale of food.

“retail sales” means a use involved in the sale, lease, or rent of new or used products directly

to the general public, or to individuals or households based on their membership in an

association or club, but not including an “auction room”, “landscape and garden supplies”, or

“supermarket”. This use includes facilities whose names indicate that they are warehouse or

wholesale operations, but that in fact conduct more than incidental retail sales.

“roof line” means the line made by the intersection of a wall of a building with a roof of the

building.

“seasonal sales” means the outside sale of seasonal merchandise, other than those sold at a

farmer’s market, such as Christmas trees, flags, kites, or arts and crafts.

“secondary plan” means a plan providing such objectives and actions as Council considers

necessary or advisable to address, in a neighbourhood, district, or area of the city, any matter

within a sphere of authority of the City of Winnipeg, including, without limitation, any matter

dealt with in

Plan Winnipeg

or pertaining to economic development or the enhancement or

special protection of heritage resources or sensitive lands.

“secondary suite” means an accessory dwelling unit added to or created within a single-family

residence that provides basic requirements for living, sleeping, cooking, and sanitation.

“senior high school” means an accredited school under the sponsorship of a public, private or

religious agency providing instruction to students at the senior high school level.

“shopping centre”, means a facility that contains 5 or more retail sales uses, and that may also

contain other personal service uses, in a single building or attached buildings, or on adjacent lots,

sharing common parking, and with a floor area greater than 50,000 square feet.

“signs”

Notwithstanding anything else in this By-law, the following terms are defined for the purposes of

sections 178 through 187,

Signs

“A-board sign” means an A-shaped sign which is set upon the ground and has no external

supporting structure.

“advertising sign” means a sign or billboard directing attention to a business, commodity,

service, thing, message, or entertainment conducted, sold, or offered elsewhere than upon

the same zoning lot on which that sign is located.

“alteration” means a structural modification of a sign but does not include routine

maintenance, painting or change in face, copy or lettering.

“animated sign” means a sign which uses movement or change of lighting to depict action

or create special effects or a pictorial scene but does not include a clock.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 34

“auxiliary sign” means a sign of any type which is attached to the face, copy, backing,

lighting or supporting structure of any sign.

“awning sign” means an awning which incorporates a sign painted on, or affixed flat to the

surface of the awning and which does not extend vertically or horizontally beyond the limits

of such awning. The awning itself may or may not be illuminated.

“banner sign” means a temporary sign composed of lightweight, non-rigid material, such as

cloth, canvas, P.V.C., or similar material.

“billboard sign” See advertising sign.

“bulletin board sign” means a sign of permanent character, but with movable letters,

words or numerals indicating the names of persons associated with, or events conducted

upon, or products or services offered upon the premises upon which such sign is located.

“business sign” means a sign directing attention to a business, commodity, service, or

entertainment conducted, sold, or offered upon the same zoning lot on which that sign is

located.

“canopy sign” means a canopy or free-standing canopy which utilizes or incorporates a

sign.

“clearance” means the shortest vertical distance between the underside of a sign and grade

immediately below.

“community identification sign” means a sign which states the name of a residential,

commercial or industrial community area and may contain a logo or symbol which is related

to the community name.

“construction sign” means a temporary sign erected by an individual or a firm on the

premises undergoing construction and upon which the sign user identifies a construction

project and information relative thereto.

“copy” means letters, graphics, or characters that comprise the sign message.

“copy area” means that area of a sign covered by a single rectangle drawn around the

extremities of the message contained on the sign and in the case of a multi-face sign

comprises one-half of the total area of all sign faces.

“directional sign” means:

(a) a sign which directs the public to or denotes the name of any thoroughfare, route,

educational institution, public building, historical site, or hospital;

(b) a sign which directs and regulates traffic;

(d) a sign which gives direction to a private premises or its vehicular use area.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 35

“double-faced sign” means a sign having two faces, with each face being of equal area

and in identical proportion to the other, and with each face located on the structure so as to

be parallel and opposite to and facing away from each other.

“electronic message centre sign” means a sign or component of a sign on which the

copy can be changed by electrical or electronic means.

“encroaching sign” means a sign which extends, in whole or in part, into or over a public

right-of-way or other public place.

“fascia sign” means a sign, or individual letters attached to, marked, or inscribed on, or

erected or placed against a wall or other surface, whether forming part of a building or not,

and having the exposed face of the sign on a place approximately parallel to the plane of

such wall or other surface and projecting not more than 18 inches from the face of such wall.

“flashing sign” means a sign which contains an intermittent or flashing light source but

does not include an electronic message centre.

“free-standing sign” means a sign supported by structures or supports that are placed on

or anchored in the ground and that are independent from any building or other structure,

including a sign that is attached to a fence.

“identification sign” means a sign that identifies a business, owner, resident, or institution

by name, logo or street address, and which sets forth no other advertisement.

“illumination” means the lighting of any sign by artificial means.

“illumination, direct” means the lighting of any sign face from a light source located on or

near the exterior of the sign.

“illumination, indirect” means the lighting of any sign face by reflected light.

“illumination, internal” means the lighting of any sign face from a light source located

within the sign or behind the copy.

“inflatable sign” means an inflated three-dimensional device which may incorporate a sign

and is anchored or affixed to a building or site, and is approved as a mobile sign.

“maintenance” means the cleaning, painting, repair or replacement of any defective parts

of a sign in a manner that does not alter the basic design or structure of the sign and does

not include a change in copy.

“mansard roof sign” means a sign attached to the face of, or located on the sloping roof of

a mansard roof in the manner of a fascia sign.

“marquee sign” means a sign attached to a marquee.

“mobile sign” means a sign which is mounted on a trailer, vehicle, stand or similar support

structure which is designed in such a manner that the sign can be readily relocated to

another location, and which may include copy that can be changed through the use of

removable characters or panels.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 36

“multi-tenant sign” means a sign containing copy for 3 or more tenants or occupants

located on a site.

“owner of sign” means a person or his authorized agent in lawful control of a sign.

“painted wall sign” means a sign which is painted directly upon any outside surface of a

building or other integral part of a building.

“projecting sign” means a sign, other than a fascia or canopy sign, the exposed face or

faces of which are not necessarily parallel to a wall and which is attached to a building and

extends as a projection of a line of that building or beyond the surface of that portion of the

building to which it is attached.

“reado-graph sign” means a sign on which the copy can be changed manually through the

use of attachable letters, numerals or pictorial panels.

“real estate sign” means a temporary sign advertising real estate that is "for sale", "for

lease", or "for rent", or real estate that has been "sold".

“roof sign” means a sign which projects above a roof line to which the sign is attached or is

erected upon or above a roof or parapet of a building to which the sign is attached, except

that a sign that projects above the roof line by not more than 2 feet at the point of

attachment the total projection of which does not exceed 25 square feet is not included

within the definition of a roof sign.

“rotating sign” means a sign or portion of a sign which moves in a revolving manner, but

does not include a clock or a traditional barber pole sign 2 feet or less in height that meets all

other standards of this By-law.

“sign” means any writing (including letter, word, or numeral), pictorial representation

(including illustration or decoration), emblem (including device, symbol, logo, or trademark),

flag (including banner, or pennant but not the flag of any nation or government), and

anything designed or intended to, or having the effect of, announcing, identifying, directing

attention to, or advertising any building or use.

“sign height” means the vertical distance measured from the highest point of the sign or

sign structure to grade.

“sign message” includes any image, written copy, structure, graphics, pictures, logos,

symbols, or letters used or intended to be used for advertising or for calling attention to any

business, person, matter, object or event.

“sign surface area” means the entire area of a sign within a single continuous perimeter

enclosing the extreme limits of writing, representation or emblem.

“under-canopy sign” means a sign which is suspended beneath a canopy or beneath a

portion of a building.

“wall-mounted sign” means a sign which is mounted or fixed to or supported by a wall, by

any means.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 37

“warning sign” means a sign displayed to warn the public about a physical danger present

in its surrounding, or associated with some feature, or activity on a specific site, such as

“Danger, Look out for Cars".

“window sign” means a sign which is painted on, attached to, or installed on or near a

window, for the purpose of being viewed from outside the premises.

“single room occupancy” means a building, other than a hotel or hostel, which provides living

units with separate sleeping areas and some combination of shared bath or toilet facilities. The

building may or may not provide meals to guests for compensation, and may or may not have

separate shared cooking facilities for residents. Single-room occupancy includes uses commonly

called “rooming houses” and “boarding houses.” Care, treatment or supervision must not be

provided to any resident.

“social service facility” means the use of a premises to provide social or welfare services to

those in need, for no fee or compensation, or at a fee recognized as being significantly less than

charged by profit-making organizations. Services may include but are not limited to information

and referral services, counselling, skill development, aid through the provision of food or clothing,

life skill and personal development programs, alcohol, drug, or substance abuse counselling

centre, and drop-in or activity space.

“special event (carnival, circus, fair, concert, or similar event)” means a transportable

group or aggregation or combination of rides, shows, performances, games, or concessions.

“sports or entertainment arena/stadium, indoor” means a fully-enclosed facility specifically

intended for the viewing of public sports, concerts, circuses, and theatrical productions, where

patrons attend on a recurring basis.

“sports or entertainment arena/stadium, outdoor” means outdoor or partially-outdoor

facilities specifically intended for the viewing of public sports, concerts, circuses, and theatrical

productions, or exhibition grounds, where patrons attend on a recurring basis.

“stable or riding academy” means a commercial facility where horses are sheltered, fed, or

kept for sale or hire to the public. Training of horses and riders may also be conducted.

“stable, private” means a building or land where horses are sheltered, fed, or kept for personal

use, accessory to a dwelling unit.

“standard” means a definite rule, principle, or measure with which compliance is mandatory

unless expressly waived or varied. A development application may be denied for failure to meet

one or more standards established by this By-law.

“Standing Policy Committee on Property and Development” means the standing

committee established by Council under the

City of Winnipeg Organization By-law

, having

jurisdiction with respect to certain matters relating to real property located entirely or primarily in

the area covered by this By-law.

“storey, half” means a habitable basement or a storey under a gable, hip or gambrel roof, the

wall plates of which on at least 2 opposite exterior walls are not more than 2 feet above the floor

of such storey.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 38

“storey” means that portion of any building that is situated between the surface of any floor and

the surface of the floor next above it, and, if there is no floor above it, that portion between the

surface of such floor and the ceiling above it, but does not include a cellar.

“street” means a public thoroughfare but does not include a public lane.

“street block” means a group of adjacent lots or parcels whose front lot lines all face a

common abutting street and that are located between 2 intervening side streets. A street block

is generally an area bounded by

(a) a street abutting the long dimension of a block;

(b) two side streets abutting the short dimensions of that block; and

of other lots or parcels on the same block.

“structure” means anything constructed or erected with a fixed location on the ground, or

attached to something having a fixed location on the ground and includes, but is not limited to,

buildings, walls, fences, signs, billboards, poster panels and light standards.

“studio, radio, TV, motion picture broadcast and production” means a facility for the

production and/or broadcasting of motion pictures, videos, television programs, radio programs,

or sound recordings. The use may also include facilities for the rehearsal of dance, music, or

other performing arts.

“supermarket” means a retail store with a floor area of more than 40,000 square feet that sells

primarily groceries, produce, and packaged food products, but in which up to 40 percent of the

gross floor area may be used for the sale of non-food related products, including convenience

products.

“temporary construction trailer or building” means a movable, portable, or modular

structure or trailer used for the storage of construction materials and/or the offices or work

spaces for construction managers or workers during the time a principal or accessory building is

being constructed.

“temporary use” means a use established for a temporary period of time in conformance with

Part 4.

“towing and storage facility” means a commercial establishment engaged in towing of

vehicles or equipment from one location to another. Such facilities may also include an indoor

storage component for such vehicles or equipment, but may not include junked, salvage, or

permanently inoperable vehicles or equipment.

“transit station” means an area utilized by public or commercial carriers for pick-up or drop-off

of passengers. In addition to loading and unloading areas, transit stations may include shelters,

restrooms, concessions, benches, information offices, parking, ticket sales, landscaping, lighting

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 39

and other such facilities and appurtenances. Transit modes served may include, without

limitation, local bus service, express bus service, commuter rail, and light rail.

“uniformity ratio” means the ratio between the maximum initial horizontal illuminance level

and the minimum initial horizontal illuminance level on a site and within a specific use area such

as a parking lot.

“universal design” means an approach to design that creates environments that respond to

the needs of the range of the population to the greatest extent possible. It is also known as

“intergenerational design.”

“urban infill area” means those areas designated on the Urban Infill Areas Maps shown in

Schedule C to this By-law.

“use category” means the broadest grouping of land uses in this By-law, based on generally

accepted industry groupings, similar descriptions of planning goals or functions, similar allowed

use types, and similar allowed density/intensity of use. A “use category” may be further

subdivided into “use sub-categories.”

“use sub-category” means a category of uses within a “use category.” “Use sub-categories”

are based on common functional, product, or physical characteristics, such as the type and

amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, how goods or services are sold or

delivered, and site conditions. A “use sub-category” may be further subdivided into “use types.”

“use type” means the finest-grained category of uses in this By-law. They are used to tailor the

regulatory treatment of uses to address issues such as the relative intensity of the use, issues

related to building type, possible effects on neighboring land uses, and consistency with zoning

district purposes and goals.

“use specific standard” means a standard located in Part 4 of this By-law that is applied to use

types in order to address issues such as building size, location, and operating requirements.

“utility facility, major” means those facilities that normally entails the construction of new

buildings, and that may have employees located at the site. Examples include public works

yards, water control works, reservoirs, and works used to provide services or commodities to the

public by the Crown or the City, including but not limited to power plants, heating plants, steam

generating plants, or sewer treatment facilities.

“utility facility, minor” means those facilities that do not qualify as major utility facilities, and

that are used for or incidental to the operation of a public utility. Examples include electric

transformer stations, gas regulator stations, telephone exchange buildings, and well, water, and

sewer pumping stations.

“variance” means the modification of a provision of a zoning by-law.

“Variance Order” means an order in respect of an application for a variance.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 40

“warehouse” means a permanent facility for the storage of products, supplies, and equipment

within an enclosed building.

“waste transfer station” means a fixed facility where solid waste from collection vehicles is

consolidated and temporarily stored for subsequent transport to a permanent disposal site.

“wholesaling” means a facility where goods are distributed or sold to retailers, to industrial,

commercial, or institutional users, or to other wholesalers, for resale or redistribution, but where

goods are not sold to the public or to individuals or households based on their membership in an

association or club.

“wireless communication freestanding tower” means any structure that is designed and

constructed primarily for the purpose of supporting one or more wireless analog or digital

communication facilities, that is located on the ground or anchored to the ground and exceeds 24

feet in height. Such a tower may have a variety of configurations, including a monopole, a lattice

tower, or a guyed tower.

“wireless communication building-mounted tower” means any structure attached to a

building that supports one or more wireless analog or digital communication facilities, and that

exceeds the height of the building by 24 feet or more. Such a tower may have a variety of

configurations, including a monopole, a lattice tower, or a guyed tower.

“wrecking and salvage yard” means any lot upon which 2 or more motor vehicles of any kind,

which are incapable of being operated due to condition or lack of license or registration, have

been placed for the purpose of obtaining parts for recycling or resale. Building materials, scrap

metal, or any other kind of salvage are also be included in this definition.

“x-rated store” means any store that offers for purchase or rental merchandise including

sexually oriented films, videotapes or videodiscs, and by storefront or internal signage excludes

persons under 18 years of age from the store.

“yard” means an open area, on the same zoning lot with a building or structure, which yard is

unoccupied and unobstructed from grade level to the sky, except as otherwise permitted. A yard

extends along a lot line or wall and to a depth or width (measured from the lot line or wall)

specified in the yard requirement for the zoning district in which such zoning lot is located. (See

Illustrations 8 and 9.)

“yard, corner side” means a side yard which adjoins a public street.

“yard, front” means an open area on a zoning lot which is clear from ground to sky, except as

otherwise permitted, extending along the full length of the front lot line, the depth of which is

measured perpendicularly and radially to the front lot line. (See Illustrations 8 and 9.)

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 41

“yard, rear” means an open area on a zoning lot which is clear from ground to sky, except as

otherwise permitted, extending along the full length of the rear lot line, the depth of which is

measured perpendicularly and radially to the rear lot line. (See Illustrations 8 and 9.)

“yard, side” means an open area on a zoning lot which is clear from ground to sky, except as

otherwise permitted, extending along the full length of the side lot line between the front yard

and rear yard, the depth of which is measured perpendicularly to the side lot line. (See

Illustrations 8 and 9.)

“yard, voluntary” means that portion of a front, side, or rear yard that is provided in addition

to the minimum yard requirements of this By-law. For example, if this By-law requires a front

yard of at least 20 feet, and the owner provides a front yard of 30 feet, the 10 feet furthest from

the street is a voluntary yard.

R F

F = S

SS S

street

SS S

street

SS S

street

R F

F = S

SS S

street

SS S

street

SS S

street

F = S

SS S

street

F = S

SS S

street

SS S

street

SS S

street

Illustration 8: Yard Types

In this illustration, front (F), side (S), and rear (R) yards are shown for unusual lot configurations.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 42

FF FFF

street

alley

SSS

S = F

SSS

SAS

S = F

FF FFF

street

lane

SSS

FF FFF

street

alley

SSS

S = F

SSS

SAS

S = F

FF FFF

street

lane

SSS

Illustration 9: Yard Types

In this illustration, front (F), side (S), and rear (R) yards are shown for a variety of typical lot configurations.

Part 2: Definitions

Definitions

General Terms

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 43

“zoning by-law” has the same meaning as in

The City of Winnipeg Charter

“zoning district” means an area or areas within the limits of the City, as established by Part 3

of this By-law, for which the regulations and requirements governing use, lot and dimensional

standards of buildings and premises are uniform.

NOTE:

The City of Winnipeg Charter

defines "zoning by-law" as a by-law passed under section 236 (zoning by-laws), and includes

(a) a by-law amending a by-law passed under that section, and (b) a by-law that under The City of Winnipeg Act, S.M. 1989-90, c.

10, was a development by-law and a by-law amending such a development by-law.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 44

PART 3: ZONING DISTRICTS

GENERAL PROVISIONS

49. This Part establishes the zoning districts and contains basic information pertaining to zoning

districts, primarily statements of purpose and district-specific regulations. Part 4,

Use

Regulations,

and Part 5,

Development and Design

Standards,

identify the uses allowed within the

districts and the standards applying to development in the districts.

Districts Established

50. The zoning districts, district names and abbreviations shown in Table 3-1, and the locations and

boundaries of the zoning districts shown on maps set out in Schedule B, are hereby established.

TABLE 3-1: Zoning Districts Established

District Type Abbreviation District Name

A Agricultural

PR1 Parks and Recreation 1 (Neighbourhood)

PR2 Parks and Recreation 2 (Community)

Agricultural and Parks

PR3 Parks and Recreation 3 (Regional)

RR5 Rural Residential 5

RR2 Rural Residential 2

R1 Residential Single-Family

R2 Residential Two-Family

RMF Residential Multi-Family

RMU Residential Mixed Use

Residential

RMH Residential Mobile Home Park

C1 Commercial Neighbourhood

C2 Commercial Community

C3 Commercial Corridor

C4 Commercial Regional

CMU Commercial Mixed Use

Commercial and

Institutional

EI Educational and Institutional

MMU Manufacturing Mixed Use

M1 Manufacturing Light

M2 Manufacturing General

Manufacturing

M3 Manufacturing Heavy

PDO-1 Planned Development Overlay – 1 (District)

Overlay

PDO-2 Planned Development Overlay – 2 (Site-Specific)

Part 3: Zoning Districts

Agricultural and Park Districts

Relationship to Overlay Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 45

Relationship to Overlay Districts

51. All lands within the city must be designated by the City as one of the base zoning districts set

forth in Table 3-1. In addition, some lands may be designated as one or more of the overlay

districts set forth in section 57,

Planned Development Overlay Districts

. Where the City

designates a property as an overlay district as well as a base zoning district, the regulations

governing development in the overlay district apply in addition to the regulations governing

development in the underlying base district. In the event of a conflict between the two sets of

standards, the standards for the overlay district control, regardless of whether other regulations

in this By-law are more restrictive.

District Descriptions

52. The descriptions of districts contained in this Part are intended to assist in selecting the

appropriate zoning district for different types of land, and to assist in identifying the intended

character of each district. When there is a conflict between any statement in the district

description and a substantive requirement in other sections of this By-law, the substantive

requirements in other sections apply. In no case may a district description be interpreted to

require performance levels beyond the substantive requirements of this By-law.

AGRICULTURAL AND PARK DISTRICTS

General Purposes of All Agricultural and Park Districts

53. (1) The agricultural and park districts contained in this section are intended to:

(a) provide rural and open land for agricultural purposes until such time as it is

required for future urban development; and

(b) provide lands for active and passive recreation needs for all citizens.

Specific Purposes of Individual Agricultural and Park Districts

Agricultural (A)

(2) The Agricultural (A) district is intended for general agricultural activities.

Parks and Recreation 1 (PR1) (Neighbourhood)

(3) The Parks and Recreation 1 (PR1) district is intended for sites that are generally passive

neighbourhood and community parks and facilities with predominantly pedestrian and

cyclist access. These sites may provide unstructured drop-in play and recreation

opportunities, including play structures, passive parks, plazas and natural areas.

Generally, there are no parking facilities associated with these uses. These parks and

open spaces typically occur in a residential neighbourhood or riverbank context and are

generally accessed by residential streets.

Parks and Recreation 2 (PR2) (Community)

(4) The Parks and Recreation 2 (PR2) district is intended for sites that include community

recreation facilities and parks that are accessed by a mix of pedestrian and vehicular

traffic. These sites may provide active programs and activities, including community

centres, hockey pens, arenas, indoor soccer, wading pools, spray parks, skateboard

parks and athletic fields. Parking facilities ranging from 10 to 100 stalls may be

associated with these uses. These parks and facilities typically occur along collector

streets.

Part 3: Zoning Districts

Residential Districts

General Purposes of All Residential Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 46

Parks and Recreation 3 (PR3) (Regional)

(5) The Parks and Recreation 3 (PR3) district is intended for sites that include major

recreation facilities and parks that are a regional destination. These sites may include

major recreation facilities, aquatic leisure centres, regional parks, sport multi-plexes and

athletic field developments. Parking facilities ranging from 100 to 300+ stalls may be

associated with these uses. These facilities are typically found along major arterials.

RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS

General Purposes of All Residential Districts

54. (1) The residential zoning districts contained in this section are intended to:

(a) provide appropriately located areas for residential development that are

consistent with

Plan Winnipeg

and with standards for public health, safety, and

general welfare;

(b) allow for a variety of housing types and community amenities that meet the

diverse physical, economic, and social needs of residents; and

surrounding areas.

Specific Purposes of Individual Residential Districts

Rural Residential 5 (RR5)

(2) The Rural Residential 5 (RR5) district is intended to provide areas for large-lot rural

residential development, along with limited agricultural uses.

Rural Residential 2 (RR2)

(3) The Rural Residential 2 (RR2) district is intended to provide for large-lot rural residential

development.

Residential Single-Family (R1)

(4) The Residential Single-Family (R1) district is intended to accommodate primarily single-

family residential development in lower-density neighbourhoods.

Residential Two-Family (R2)

(5) The Residential Two-Family (R2) district is intended to accommodate the development of

single- and two-family units and where appropriate limited multi-family units in lower-

density neighbourhoods. Residential units are permitted at densities as set out in Part 5.

Residential Multi-Family (RMF)

(6) The Residential Multi-Family (RMF) district is intended to accommodate the development

of multi-family units in neighbourhoods with medium to high residential densities.

Residential units are permitted at densities as set out in Part 5.

Part 3: Zoning Districts

Commercial and Institutional Districts

General Purposes of All Commercial and Institutional Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 47

Residential Mixed Use (RMU)

(7) The Residential Mixed Use (RMU) district is intended to facilitate the development of

primarily medium- to higher-density residential development, though it also may contain

limited small-scale commercial, institutional, recreational, and service facilities needed to

support residential development. The area, site, or building should retain a

predominantly residential character. Development in the RMU district should facilitate

and encourage pedestrian travel between residential and nonresidential uses. This

district is often adjacent and incidental to a town centre, neighbourhood commercial

centre, or other type of mixed use or major employment centre.

Residential Mobile Home Park (RMH)

(8) The Residential Mobile Home Park (RMH) district is intended to provide areas for the

location of mobile homes. All provisions of this By-law apply to the RMH zoning district

unless superseded by the district-specific standards in Part 5.

COMMERCIAL AND INSTITUTIONAL DISTRICTS

General Purposes of All Commercial and Institutional Districts

55. (1) The commercial and institutional zoning districts contained in this section generally are

intended to:

(a) provide appropriately located areas consistent with

Plan Winnipeg

for retail,

service, office, and institutional uses.

(b) provide adequate space and locations to meet the needs of commercial

development.

and are harmonious with the character of the area in which they are located.

Specific Purposes of Individual Commercial and Institutional Districts

Commercial Neighbourhood (C1)

(2) The Commercial Neighbourhood (C1) district is intended to accommodate small, compact

commercial uses within or surrounded by residential areas that are attractive and

compatible in scale and character with surrounding residential uses, to serve the

convenience needs of the surrounding neighbourhood. This district is not intended to

accommodate businesses sized or designed to serve a trade area more than one-half

mile from the business. C1 districts are generally located along local streets or at

local/collector intersections.

Commercial Community (C2)

(3) The Commercial Community (C2) district is intended to accommodate more intensive

commercial sites that do not have a local or neighbourhood orientation. The district is

intended to include attractive commercial, institutional, recreational, and service facilities

needed to support the surrounding neighbourhoods and the broader community. C2

districts are generally located along collector streets, at arterial/collector intersections, or

along portions of arterial streets with relatively shallow lots.

Part 3: Zoning Districts

Commercial and Institutional Districts

Specific Purposes of Individual Commercial and Institutional Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 48

Commercial Corridor (C3)

(4) The Commercial Corridor (C3) district is intended primarily for uses that provide

commercial goods and services to residents of the community in areas that are

dependent on automobile access and exposed to heavy automobile traffic, but not

including regional shopping malls or regional shopping areas. These commercial uses are

subject to frequent view by the public and visitors to Winnipeg, and they should provide

an attractive appearance with landscaping, sufficient parking, and controlled traffic

movement. C3 districts are generally located along portions of arterial streets where lot

depths are 200 feet or greater, or at arterial/arterial intersections.

Commercial Regional (C4)

(5) The Commercial Regional (C4) district is intended to accommodate the development of

large-scale, distinctive and attractive regional centres containing a mix of concentrated

land uses. These commercial uses are subject to frequent view by the public and visitors

to Winnipeg, and they should provide an attractive appearance with landscaping,

sufficient parking, and controlled traffic movement. The centre should provide

commercial, office, institutional, and residential uses and structures at higher intensities

than surrounding areas. The area may also contain concentrations of medium- to high-

density office development, as well as a broad mix of complementary uses, which may

include major civic and public facilities and parks. The district may contain multi-family

housing, and development should facilitate and encourage pedestrian travel between

residential and nonresidential uses. These areas are generally associated with the Areas

of Regional Commercial and Mixed Use Concentration identified in

Plan Winnipeg

Commercial Mixed Use (CMU)

(6) The Commercial Mixed Use (CMU) district is intended to provide for community-serving

mixed use development at a higher scale than is appropriate for neighbourhood

locations. The CMU district is intended for use along selected corridors and at important

nodes in the city. The district is intended to include attractive commercial, institutional,

recreational, and service facilities needed to support surrounding neighbourhoods and

the community at-large. Although the area, site, or building should have a

predominantly commercial character, multi-family housing may be incorporated within

the district, and development should facilitate pedestrian connections between residential

and nonresidential uses.

Educational and Institutional (EI)

(7) The Educational and Institutional (EI) district is intended to provide areas for the

development of large and significant, multi-building, public, quasi-public, or private

facilities of a non-commercial character that may have significant impacts on the

surrounding areas. Typical uses may include places of worship, schools, colleges and

universities, libraries, cultural facilities, hospitals, and large research facilities as well as

supporting residential uses. Attractive, campus-style development is encouraged within

this district. In some cases, EI zoning may be appropriate for clustered or core facilities,

while supporting facilities on non-contiguous lots remain in other zoning districts.

Commercial or non-commercial uses that support the function of the facility or its

population would be considered as accessory uses.

Part 3: Zoning Districts

Manufacturing Districts

General Purposes of All Manufacturing Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 49

MANUFACTURING DISTRICTS

General Purposes of All Manufacturing Districts

56. (1) The manufacturing zoning districts established in this section generally are intended to:

(a) provide appropriately located areas consistent with

Plan Winnipeg

for industrial

and employment purposes, and limit non-industrial uses that may erode the

supply of industrial lands that are well-located and serviced to accommodate

industrial development; and

(b) ensure that the appearance of industrial buildings and lands are of high quality

and are compatible with the area in which they are located.

Specific Purposes of Individual Manufacturing Districts

Manufacturing Mixed Use (MMU)

(2) The Manufacturing Mixed Use (MMU) district is intended to provide linked commercial

and industrial activities that are supportive of industrial functions and are compatible with

surrounding industrial use areas, while allowing more flexibility of uses and requiring a

higher standard of landscaping and design. Uses may include offices, wholesale and

business service establishments, campus-style industrial or business parks, and limited

retail/personal service storefronts. Supportive retail development, not including offices,

would be allowed to a maximum of 35% of site area including any land needed by the

supportive retail to satisfy parking requirements, yards/setbacks and development and

design standards (e.g., landscaping). During build out, supportive retail shall not exceed

50% of built site area. MMU zone districts should generally include at least thirty-five

(35) acres of contiguous land, or land that would be contiguous except for intervening

rights-of-way.

Manufacturing Light (M1)

(3) The Manufacturing Light (M1) district is intended to provide for light manufacturing,

processing, service, storage, wholesale, and distribution operations with all operations

contained within an enclosed building with some limited outside storage.

Manufacturing General (M2)

(4) The Manufacturing General (M2) district is intended to provide for light manufacturing,

processing, service, storage, wholesale, and distribution operations, with some limited

outside operations and storage.

Manufacturing Heavy (M3)

(5) The Manufacturing Heavy (M3) district is intended to provide for light or heavy industrial

development, including heavy manufacturing, storage, major freight terminals, waste and

salvage, resource extraction, processing, transportation, major utilities, and other related

uses, particularly those that require very large buildings, frequent heavy truck traffic for

supplies or shipments, or that may require substantial mitigation to avoid sound, noise,

and odour impacts to neighbouring properties. New M3 zone districts should not be

established within 300 feet of an existing residential zone district.

Part 3: Zoning Districts

Planned Development Overlay Districts

Planned Development Overlay - 1 (PDO-1) (District)

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 50

PLANNED DEVELOPMENT OVERLAY DISTRICTS

57. The following overlay zoning districts are hereby established by the City, and each such district is

intended for the purposes described below.

Planned Development Overlay - 1 (PDO-1) (District)

Purpose

(1) The purpose of the Planned Development Overlay 1 (PDO-1) overlay district is to provide

a means to alter or specify allowed uses and/or development standards in otherwise

appropriate zones, in unique or special circumstances, in order to achieve local planning

objectives in specially designated areas. A PDO-1 zoning district is appropriate when

additional zoning controls are required to address an area-wide (rather than site-specific)

condition, or to implement an area-wide plan for the proposed district. PDO-1 districts

are generally appropriate for areas with unique or special circumstances containing 10 or

more parcels or containing 25 acres or more in area.

Eligibility

(2) The PDO-1 overlay must only be applied to zones where specified through an

amendment to the Zoning By-law. Such amendment must include:

(a) a map of the location(s) of any neighbourhood(s) affected by the overlay at an

appropriate scale indicating the designation, location, and boundaries of each

underlying zoning district;

(b) the name and boundaries of any List of Adopted Secondary Plans applicable to

the area covered by the PDO-1 designation; and

Criteria

(3) The PDO-1 overlay must meet criteria in subsection 57(1) and:

(a) the proposed development rules are to implement an adopted Secondary Plan or

an area-wide plan; or

(b) the proposed development rules apply to land in more than one underlying base

zoning district; and

likely to be used in other areas of the City without significant changes; and

(d) the proposed development rules contain relatively minor changes to the

permitted and conditional uses in the underlying zoning district and/or minor

changes to permitted dimensional standards applicable to the underlying zoning

district.

(4) The PDO-1 overlay may not be used:

(a) in conjunction with a PDO-2 overlay district;

(b) to add to the list of permitted or conditional uses or increase density;

Part 3: Zoning Districts

Planned Development Overlay Districts

Planned Development Overlay - 1 (PDO-1) (District)

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 51

(d) where the proposed changes to the regulations of the underlying zoning district:

(i) are significant enough to be inconsistent with the general purpose of

that zoning district and the designation of another zone would be more

appropriate;

(ii) are not merely related to local planning objectives but would have

significant general application to warrant an amendment to the text of

the underlying zoning district itself; or

(iii) are intended to provide such detailed or site-specific control over the

design and siting of development that the use of the PDO-2 district

would be more appropriate.

Uses

(5) The permitted uses specified in the underlying zones are permitted and the conditional

uses specified in the underlying zones are conditional, unless the development

regulations adopted in the PDO-1 district state otherwise.

Development Regulations

(6) The regulations provided in the PDO-1 district may be substituted for the specified

regulations of the underlying zone. Where there is a conflict between the provisions of

the PDO-1 district and those of the underlying zone, the provisions of the PDO-1 govern.

(7) Notwithstanding subsection (6) above, where there is a conflict between the provisions

of the Airport Vicinity Protection Area Overlay District and any PDO-1 overlay district, the

provisions of the Airport Vicinity Protection Area Overlay District govern.

(8) The PDO-1 may change or specify regulations and submission requirements, as provided

below, and may specify the conditions under which such changed or specified regulations

would apply:

(a) the total residential density;

(b) site dimensions and area;

(d) size and floor area ratio for each use category and use type;

(e) yard requirements;

(f) separation spaces;

(g) parking requirements for each use category or use type;

(h) architectural and site design requirements;

(i) performance criteria;

Part 3: Zoning Districts

Planned Development Overlay Districts

Planned Development Overlay - 2 (PDO-2) (Site-Specific)

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 52

(j) landscaping requirements;

(k) regulations pertaining to accessory structures;

(l) signage requirements; and

(m) environmental regulations, which may include such things as flood proofing,

noise attenuation, and servicing requirements.

Effect of Approval

(9) All regulations in the

Zoning By-law

must apply to development in the area covered by

the adopted PDO-1 overlay, unless the PDO-1 By-law specifically modifies those

regulations.

Adopted PDO-1 Districts

(10) All adopted PDO-1 districts are contained in the attached schedules which form part of

this By-law.

Planned Development Overlay - 2 (PDO-2) (Site-Specific)

Purpose

(11) The purpose of the Planned Development Overlay 2 (PDO-2) overlay district is to provide

for site-specific control over an individual proposed development, in unique or special

circumstances, where any other zone would be inappropriate or inadequate. A PDO-2

district is appropriate when the proposed development regulations do not relate to an

area-wide condition or the implementation of an area-wide Secondary Plan, but are

specific to the lot(s) or parcel(s) proposed for the PDO-2 zoning. PDO-2 districts are

appropriate for areas with unique or special site characteristics containing fewer than 10

parcels and a total land area of 25 acres or less.

Eligibility

(12) This PDO-2 overlay must only be applied to a site to regulate a specific proposed

development under the following circumstances:

(a) the proposed development exceeds the development provisions of the closest

equivalent conventional zoning district.

(b) the proposed development requires specific regulations to ensure land use

conflicts with neighbouring properties are minimized.

specific regulations.

(d) the ongoing operation of the proposed development requires specific regulations.

Criteria

(13) The PDO-2 must meet criteria in subsection 57(11) and:

(a) the proposed development rules are intended to apply to a contiguous area of

land in single ownership or control, or under multiple ownership and control if

Part 3: Zoning Districts

Planned Development Overlay Districts

Planned Development Overlay - 2 (PDO-2) (Site-Specific)

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 53

each of the ownership units has requested to be subject to the proposed

development rules; and

(b) the proposed development rules are unique to the proposed development area,

and are not likely to be used in other areas of the City without significant

changes; and

permitted and conditional uses in the underlying zoning district and/or minor

changes to permitted dimensional standards applicable to the underlying zoning

district.

Procedural Requirements

(14) The procedures for creation of a PDO-2 overlay district are set forth in the

Development

Procedures By-law

Effect of Approval

(15) All development in the site covered by the adopted PDO-2 overlay must be in accordance

with the approved site plan and other materials provided with the application.

(16) All regulations in the Zoning By-law must apply to development in the site covered by the

adopted PDO-2 overlay, unless such regulations are specifically excluded or modified by

the PDO-2 By-law.

(17) Notwithstanding subsection (16) above, where there is a conflict between the provisions

of the Airport Vicinity Protection Area Overlay District and any PDO-2 overlay district, the

provisions of the Airport Vicinity Protection Area Overlay District govern.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 54

PART 4: USE REGULATIONS

DEFINITION OF SYMBOLS USED IN TABLES

58. (1) Tables 4-1, 4-2, and 4-3 below list the principal, accessory, and temporary uses allowed

within all base zoning districts.

(2) In Tables 4-1, 4-2 and 4-3:

(a) “P” in a cell indicates that the use identified at the far left of that row is

permitted in the zoning district identified at the top of that column;

(b) “C” in a cell indicates that, in the zoning district identified at the top of that

column, the use identified at the far left of that row is allowed only if reviewed

and approved as a conditional use in accordance with the procedures of the

City

of Winnipeg Charter

and

Development Procedures By-law

;

permitted in the zoning district identified at the top of that column.

(d) a number in a cell within the column headed “Use Specific Standards” identifies a

section within this By-law which imposes an additional standard with which the

use must comply except as authorized by this By-law or by a Conditional Use or

Variance Order.

(e) an asterisk symbol (*) following the “P” or “C” symbol indicates that a use

specific standard imposed by a section identified in the cell located within the

same row and within the column headed “Use Specific Standards” applies to

permitted or conditional uses, as the case may be, within the zoning district.

(f) a number in a cell within the column headed “Parking Category” identifies a

parking class described in Table 5-9 in section 161,

Parking Spaces Required

IMPLICATIONS OF TABLE ABBREVIATIONS

59. (1) The following applies to

Table 4-1

Principal Use Table, Table 4-2 Accessory Use Table,

and Table 4-3 Temporary Use Table

Permitted Uses

(2) Permitted uses (“P”) are subject to all other applicable regulations of this By-law,

including the use specific standards set forth in this Part and the requirements of Part 5,

Development and Design Standards

Conditional Uses

(3) Conditional uses (“C”) are subject to all other applicable regulations of this By-law,

including the use specific standards set forth in this Part, the requirements of Part 5, and

the standards below:

(a) a conditional use approval expires if the use does not begin operation within 2

years of the date of approval unless otherwise specified in the terms of approval

due to special conditions;

Part 4: Use Regulations

Implications of Table Abbreviations

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 55

(b) a conditional use approval expires if the use begins operations within 2 years of

the date of approval but later ceases operations for 2 consecutive years unless

otherwise specified in the terms of approval due to special conditions;

after a specified time; and

(d) unless otherwise provided in a Conditional Use Order, all approved conditional

uses:

(i) must be operated in accordance with all plans and documents submitted

as part of the application; and

(ii) must comply with all other applicable provisions of this By-law.

Uses Not Permitted

(4) If a use is not specifically listed in the tables, or deemed similar by the Director pursuant

to section 61,

Classification of Uses,

the use is not permitted.

Prohibited Uses

(5) Land uses incompatible with the vision of Winnipeg articulated in

Plan Winnipeg

and

other City policy documents are prohibited, and shall not be deemed similar to a

permitted or conditional use pursuant to section 61,

Classification of Uses,

below.

Prohibited uses include:

(a) dating and escort service;

(b) massage parlour.

Use Specific Standards

(6) Regardless of whether a use is allowed as a permitted use or as a conditional use, and

regardless of the zoning district in which the use is located, there may be additional

standards that are applicable to the use, and the use must comply with such standards

except as authorized by this By-law or by a Conditional Use or Variance Order. The

existence of these use specific standards is noted in a column headed “Use Specific

Standards”, which cross-references the section of this By-law that imposes the additional

standard. In some cases, use specific standards apply only in select zoning districts, as

indicated by an asterisk symbol (*) following the “P” or “C” symbols described in

subsections (2) and (3), above.

(7) An application to establish a permitted use that does not meet the applicable use specific

standards in sections 63 through 130 may only be approved through the conditional use

review procedure.

(8) An application to establish a conditional use that does not meet the applicable use

specific standards in sections 63 through 130 may only be approved through the variance

procedure.

(9) An application to establish a use that does not meet the size or dimensional standards

set forth in Part 5 may only be approved through the variance procedure.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Table Organization

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 56

Parking Categories

(10) Regardless of whether a use is allowed as a permitted use or as a conditional use, and

regardless of the zoning district in which the use is located, it must provide the parking

required by section 161 of this By-law, except as authorized by this By-law or by a

Conditional Use or Variance Order. Cross-references in the last column of the table refer

to parking classes described in Table 5-9 in section 161,

Parking Spaces Required.

TABLE ORGANIZATION

60. In Table 4-1, Table 4-2, and Table 4-3, land uses and activities are classified into general “use

categories” and specific “use types” based on common functional or physical impact

characteristics, such as the type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, how

goods or services are sold or delivered, and site conditions. This classification provides a

systematic basis for assigning present and future land uses into appropriate zoning districts. This

classification does not list every use or activity that may appropriately exist within the categories

and specific uses may be listed in one category when they may reasonably have been listed in

one or more other categories. The use category titles are intended merely as an indexing tool

and are not exhaustive and do not form part of the by-law:

Use Categories and Use Sub-Categories

(1) The following provides a description of the Use Category and Use Sub-Categories found

in Table 4-1: Principal Use Table.

accommodations uses means a subcategory of uses including facilities where lodging and

ancillary activities are provided to transient visitors and guests for a defined period.

agricultural uses means a category of uses that include the use of land for agricultural

purposes including farming, dairying, pasturage, apiculture, horticulture, floriculture, viticulture,

and animal and poultry husbandry. Accessory uses may include dwellings for employees, barns,

storage of grain, animal raising, feed preparation, and wholesale sales of products produced on-

site.

animal sales and service uses means a subcategory of uses involving the selling, boarding, or

care of animals on a commercial basis. Accessory uses may include confinement facilities for

animals, parking, and storage areas.

commercial sales and service uses means a category of uses primarily associated with the

sale, lease, or rent of new or used goods and the sale or provision of services, including

associated offices.

communications uses means a subcategory of uses that include facilities that transmit analog

or digital voice or communications information between or among points using electromagnetic

signals via antennas, microwave dishes, and similar structures. Supporting equipment includes

buildings, shelters, cabinets, towers, electrical equipment, parking areas, and other accessory

development.

community facilities uses means a subcategory of uses including buildings, structures, or

facilities owned, operated, or occupied by a non-profit or governmental agency to provide a

service to the public.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Table Organization

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 57

cultural and entertainment uses means a category of uses primarily associated with viewing

of cultural materials or entertainment events.

cultural facilities uses means a subcategory of uses including facilities that display or preserve

objects of interest or provide facilities for one or more of the arts or sciences. Accessory uses

may include parking, offices, storage areas, and gift shops.

education uses means a subcategory of uses involving the provision of educational instruction

to students provided by a public, private, and parochial institution at the primary, elementary,

middle, high school, or post-secondary level, or trade or business schools, which provide

educational instruction to students. Accessory uses include play areas, cafeterias, recreational

and sport facilities, auditoriums, and before or after school day care.

food and beverage service uses means a subcategory of uses that involve the serving of

prepared food or beverages for consumption on or off the premises. Accessory uses may include

food preparation areas, offices, and parking.

group living uses means a subcategory of uses characterized by residential occupancy of a

structure by a group of people who do not meet the definition of Household Living. Tenancy is

arranged on a monthly or longer basis, and the size of the group may be larger than a family.

Generally, Group Living structures have a common eating area for residents. The residents may

receive care, training, or treatment, and caregivers may or may not also reside at the site.

Accessory uses commonly include recreational facilities and vehicle parking for occupants and

staff.

household living uses means a subcategory of uses primarily associated with residential

occupancy of a dwelling unit by a household. Tenancy is arranged on a month-to-month or

longer basis (lodging where tenancy may be arranged for a period of less than 30 days is

classified under the “Accommodation” category). Common accessory uses include recreational

activities, raising of pets, gardens, personal storage buildings, hobbies, and parking of the

occupants’ vehicles. Home occupations and accessory dwelling units are accessory uses that are

subject to additional regulations. (See sections 105 through 120,

Accessory Uses and Structures

industrial service uses means a subcategory of uses engaged in the repair or servicing of

agricultural, industrial, business, or consumer machinery, equipment, products, or by-products.

Firms that service consumer goods do so by mainly providing centralized services for separate

retail outlets. Contractors and building maintenance services and similar uses perform services

off-site. Few customers, especially the general public, come to the site. Accessory activities may

include sales, offices, parking, and storage.

industrial uses means a category of uses including activities and facilities engaged in providing

industrial services, manufacturing and production, warehousing and freight movement, or waste

and salvage services.

manufacturing and production uses means a subcategory of uses including firms involved in

the manufacturing, processing, fabrication, packaging, or assembly of goods. Natural,

constructed, raw, secondary, or partially completed materials may be used. Products may be

finished or semi-finished and are generally made for the wholesale market, for transfer to other

plants, or to order for firms or consumers. Custom industry is included (i.e., establishments

primarily engaged in the on-site production of goods by hand manufacturing involving the use of

hand tools and small-scale equipment). Goods are generally not displayed or sold on site, but if

Part 4: Use Regulations

Table Organization

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 58

so, they are a subordinate part of sales. Relatively few customers come to the manufacturing

site. Accessory activities may include retail sales, offices, cafeterias, parking, employee

recreational facilities, warehouses, storage yards, repair facilities, truck fleets, and caretaker's

quarters.

office uses means a subcategory of uses focusing on business, professional, administrative,

clerical, or financial services. Accessory uses may include cafeterias, health facilities, parking, or

other amenities primarily for the use of employees in the firm or building.

other public and institutional uses is a subcategory of uses that includes uses primarily

associated with public assembly, schooling and training, government services other than public

utilities, and private and non-profit congregation, worship, and services, but not including any

uses listed separately in Table 4-1 Primary Use Table under the subcategories of, “community

facilities”, “education” or “parks and park related” uses.

park and park-related uses means a category of uses characterized by large areas consisting

mostly of landscaping for outside recreation, community gardens, or public squares and plazas.

Lands tend to have few structures. Accessory uses may include clubhouses, maintenance

facilities, concessions, caretaker's quarters, and parking.

personal services uses means a subcategory of uses that provide individual services related to

personal needs directly to customers at the site of the business, or receive goods from or return

goods to the customer that have been treated or processed at that location or another location.

This use does not include vehicles and equipment, recreation, or adult service or entertainment

establishment, dating and escort services, or massage parlours. No outside display is permitted

unless specifically authorized by this By-law. Accessory uses may include offices, parking,

storage of goods, and assembly, repackaging, or repair of goods for on-site sale.

private motor vehicle related uses mean a category of uses primarily associated with the

sale, lease, rent, repair, storage, or movement of automobiles, light trucks, motorcycles,

recreational vehicles, boats, trailers, snowmobiles, and similar vehicles, as well as fuel sales and

drive-through facilities. This category includes sales and rental of new and used vehicles and

parts for vehicles, outside display and storage of vehicles, vehicle repair, painting, upholstery and

rebuilding, vehicle service office or garage, tire re-treading, tire dealers, and trailer rental, sale,

display, and/or storage uses. Accessory uses may include incidental repair and storage, offices,

and sales of parts.

public and institutional uses means a category of uses primarily associated with public

assembly, schooling and training, government services other than public utilities, and private and

non-profit congregation, worship, and services.

recreation and entertainment uses, indoor means a subcategory of uses including facilities

that provide recreation or entertainment activities within an enclosed environment and includes

facilities owned or operated by associations, corporations, or other persons for social,

educational, or recreational purposes primarily for members and their guests. Accessory uses

may include offices, meeting areas, food preparation areas, concessions, snack bars, parking,

and maintenance facilities.

recreation and entertainment uses, outdoor means a subcategory of uses that include

facilities that provides recreation or entertainment activities outside of an enclosed environment.

Accessory uses may include concessions, snack bars, parking, and maintenance facilities.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Table Organization

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 59

residential and residential-related uses means a category of uses primarily associated with

living accommodations, including dwellings, residential care facilities, live-work units, and

boarding facilities. Hostel and hotel uses are not included in this category.

restricted uses means a subcategory of uses that have been identified as requiring scrutiny due

to their potentially objectionable operational characteristics and their potentially deleterious

effects if concentrated within a small geographic area.

retail sales uses means a subcategory of uses involved in the sale, lease, or rent of new or

used products directly to the general public or to individuals or households based on their

membership in an association or club. This use includes facilities whose names indicate that they

are warehouse or wholesale operations, but that in fact conduct more than incidental retail sales.

This use does not include food service, personal services, or recreation uses. Accessory uses

may include offices, parking, storage of goods, assembly, repackaging, or repair of goods for on-

site sale.

signs uses means a subcategory of uses that includes all signs used for the promotion of goods,

services, or events offered in a location other than upon the same zoning lot on which the sign is

located, and includes advertising signs and billboards.

transit and transportation uses means a subcategory of uses that include facilities that

receive and discharge passengers and facilities for the storage and service of equipment required

for their operation.

transportation, utility and communications uses means a category of uses primarily

associated with train, bus, and boat uses. Utility uses mean those primarily associated with

providing electrical, heating, cooling, and similar utility services, as well as public works yards,

and similar operations. Uses related to the processing of solid waste are addressed under the

Industrial Use category and are not included in this category. Communications uses mean those

primarily associated with communications facilities and infrastructure.

utility uses means a subcategory of uses that includes buildings, structures, or other facilities

used by any private or governmental utility other than communications facilities. This category

includes buildings or structures that house or contain facilities for the operation of water,

wastewater, waste disposal, or electricity services. This use also includes water storage tanks;

electric or gas substations, water or wastewater pumping stations, or similar structures used as

an intermediary switching, boosting, distribution, or transfer station of electricity, natural gas,

water, or wastewater. This category includes passageways, including easements, for the express

purpose of transmitting or transporting electricity, gas, water, sewage, or other similar services

on a local level. Additionally, a private utility facility means any energy device and/or system that

generates energy from renewable energy resources including solar, hydro, wind, biofuels, wood,

geothermal, or similar sources. Accessory uses may include control, monitoring, data, or

transmission equipment.

warehouse and freight movement uses means a subcategory of uses including firms

engaged in the storage or movement of goods for themselves or other firms. Goods are

generally delivered to other firms or the final consumer, except for some will-call pickups. There

is little on-site sales activity with the customer present. Warehouse and Freight Movement uses

may include carting, hauling or storage yards and contractor’s shops, large-scale distribution, and

warehousing. Accessory uses may include offices, truck fleet parking, and maintenance areas.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Classification of Uses

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 60

waste and salvage uses means a subcategory of uses including firms that receive solid or

liquid wastes from others for disposal on the site or for transfer to another location, uses that

collect sanitary wastes, or uses that manufacture or produce goods or energy from the

composting of organic material or processing of scrap or waste material. Waste and Salvage

uses also include uses that receive hazardous wastes from others. Accessory uses may include

recycling of materials, offices, and repackaging and shipment of by-products.

CLASSIFICATION OF USES

61. (1) The list of uses in Table 4-1, Table 4-2, and Table 4-3 is not exhaustive. New types of

land use will develop and forms of land use not anticipated may seek to locate in the

city.

Interpretation by the Director

(2) Any person may apply to the Director for an interpretation as to whether a proposed use

falls within any of the use categories or use types shown in Table 4-1, Table 4-2, and

Table 4-3, and, if so, which one. The Director must provide the interpretation taking into

account the nature of the proposed use and its potential impacts, including but not

limited to: whether it involves dwelling units; sales; processing; type of product,

storage and amount, and nature thereof; enclosed or open storage; anticipated

employment; transportation requirements; excessive noise, odour, fumes, dust, toxic

material, and vibration likely to be generated; and the general requirements for public

utilities such as water and sanitary sewer. The authority to provide an interpretation

does not include the authority to add a new permitted or conditional use to Table 4-1,

Table 4-2, or Table 4-3.

Appeal

(3) An appeal of the Director’s interpretation under subsection (2) may be made to the

Standing Policy Committee on Property and Development in accordance with the

City of

Winnipeg Charter

USE TABLES

62. Table 4-1, Table 4-2, and Table 4-3 identify the land uses allowed within all base zoning districts.

No new use or expansion of an existing use may be established except in conformance with the

following tables and with the applicable use specific regulations referenced in the tables.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 61

Table 4-1: Principal Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Residential and

Residential-Related

Household Living

Dwelling, live-work C* C* C* C* C* C* 65 1

Dwelling, multi-family C P P C C P P 2/3

Dwelling, single-family

detached

P P P P P P P P C 1

Dwelling, two-family P P P P C 1

Mobile home P 1

Group Living

Assisted living facility P P C P P P P 5

Care home P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 64 5

Dormitory C C P 4

Neighbourhood

rehabilitation home

C* C* C* C* C* P* P* P* P* 66 5

Single room occupancy P* P* P* P* P* P 67 2

Agricultural

Agricultural cultivation P P 0

Agricultural grazing and

feeding

C 0

Apiary C 0

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 62

Table 4-1: Principal Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Aviary C 0

Feedlot C 0

Stable or riding academy C C C 0

Public and Institutional

Community Facilities

Community/recreation

centre

C C P C C C C C P C P P P P P P P P 12

Jail/detention centre C C P 17

Library C P P C C C C C P P P P P P P P 9

Post office/carrier depot P P P P P P P P P P P P P 17

Protection and emergency

services

P P P P P P P P P P P P P 17

Social service facility C P P P P P P P 17

Education

College or university C C C P P C P P P 8

Commercial school C C P P P C P P P P 8

Elementary or junior high

school

C* P* P* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* P* 69 7

Senior high school C* C* P* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* P* 73 7

Park and Park-Related

Boat dock, public access C C P C C C C C C C C C C C C 0

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 63

Table 4-1: Principal Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Cemetery, mausoleum,

columbarium

C C C C C 0

Community gardens P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P 0

Park/plaza/square/

playground

P P* P P P P P* P* P P* P* P P P P P P P P P 68 0

Other Public and

Institutional

Day care centre C* C* P* P* C* C* C* C* C* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 70 5

Hospital C* C* C* C* P C* C* 71 5

Place of worship C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* P* P* P P* P P P P 72 6

Cultural and

Entertainment

Cultural Facilities

Cultural centre C C P P C P P* P* 76 12

Gallery/museum C C P P P* P* P P P P P P* P* P 77 9

Recreation and

Entertainment, Indoor

Amusement enterprise,

indoor

C C P* P P P* P* P P 74 12

Auditorium/concert

hall/theatre/cinema

P* P P* P P P P* P* 75 11

Hall rental P P C P P C P P 12

Private club, not licensed C C C* C C C C* C* 78 13

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 64

Table 4-1: Principal Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Sports or entertainment

arena/stadium, indoor

C P P P C P P* P* C 79 11

Studio, radio/TV/motion

picture broadcast and

production

P P P P P P P 18

Recreation and

Entertainment, Outdoor

Amusement enterprise,

outdoor

C C C C P P C P P P 11

Camping ground C C 0

Golf course C C P 15

Race track C C C C C C C 11

Sports or entertainment

arena/stadium, outdoor

C C P C C C C C C C 11

Commercial Sales and

Service

Accommodation

Hostel C P P P P P 16

Hotel or motel C P P P P C P C C 16

Animal Sales and Service

Animal hospital or veterinary

clinic

P P* P P P P P P P P 81 20

Kennel P P* P* P* P P* P P P P 85 20

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 65

Table 4-1: Principal Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Food and Beverage

Service

Drinking establishment C C C P* P P C P* P* P* 84 22

Restaurant C P P* P* P* P P P P P P 92 22

Office

Call centre P P P P P P 19

Office P* P* P P P P P P P P 87 18

Research institution P P P P P P P 18

Personal Services

Personal services (unless

otherwise listed)

P* P* P* P P P C P P 89 20

Body modification

establishment

C C C C 20

Cheque-cashing facility C* C* C* C* C* 83 21

Funeral chapel or mortuary C C C C P P P 6

Medical/dental/optical/

counselling clinic

P* P* P P P P P P P P 86 20

Retail Sales

Retail sales

(unless otherwise listed)

P* P* P* P* P P* P* P* 90 20

Auction room C P P P* P* P* P P 82 13

Landscape or garden

supplies

P P P P P P P P 20

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 66

Table 4-1: Principal Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Supermarket P* P P P* P* P* 91 20

Restricted

Adult service or

entertainment establishment

C* C* C* C* 80 20

Pawnshop C* C* C* C* C* C* 88 20

X-rated store C* C* C* C* C* C* P* 93 20

Signs

Advertising sign C C C C C 0

Private Motor Vehicle

Auto/light truck/motorcycle,

repair and service

P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 94 20

Auto/light truck/motorcycle,

sales and rental

P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 95 20

Auto parts and supplies,

sales

P P P P P P P P 20

Car wash C P P C P P P P 21

Drive-in or drive-through P* P* P* C* P* P* P* 96 0

Fuel sales P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 97 21

Parking, structured P P P P P P P P 0

Parking, surface C P P P P P P P 0

Towing and storage facility C C C P P 10

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 67

Table 4-1: Principal Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Transportation, Utility

and Communications

Transit and

Transportation

Airport and associated

facilities

C P P 10

Bus depot C C C C C P P P P 9

Commercial marina C C C C C C C C C P P 14

Railway yard P 0

Transit station C C C C C C C C C P P P P 0

Utility

Utility facility, major C C C P P 23

Utility facility, minor P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 98 0

Communications

Wireless communication,

building-mounted tower

P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 99 0

Wireless communication,

freestanding tower

C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* P* P* 100 0

Industrial Uses

Industrial Service

Auction yard C P P 10

Contractor’s establishment P P P P P 10

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 68

Table 4-1: Principal Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Crematorium C C 10

Fleet services C C C P P P P 10

Heavy equipment sales,

service, and rental

C C C P P 10

Landscape/garden

contractor or production

P C P P C P P 10

Wholesaling P P P P 10

Manufacturing and

Production

Heavy manufacturing P 10

Light manufacturing P P P P 10

Mining and extraction C P 10

Warehouse and Freight

Movement

Freight or truck yard P P P 10

Grain elevator P C P 10

Mini-warehouse, self-

storage

P* P P P P 101 10

Outside storage P* P* 102 10

Warehouse P P P P 10

Waste and Salvage

Garbage incineration and

reduction

C P 10

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 69

Table 4-1: Principal Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Landfill/snow dump C P 10

Recycling collection centre P P P P P P P P P P 10

Recycling plant P* P* P* P 103 10

Waste transfer station P 10

Wrecking and salvage yard P* 104 10

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 70

Table 4-2: Accessory Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District | N/A=Not Applicable

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Accessory uses, not listed P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P N/A

Amusement devices P P P P P P P P P P P P P N/A

Apiary C C C N/A

Aviary C C C C* C* 109 N/A

Automated teller machine P P P P P P P P P P P N/A

Boarder or roomer P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 110 N/A

Caretaker’s residence P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 111 N/A

Day care P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 112 N/A

Drive-in or drive-through P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 96 N/A

Hall rental C C C P C C C C C C C C C P P C P P C C N/A

Home-based business,

minor

P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 113, 114 N/A

Home-based business,

major

C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* 113, 115 N/A

Micro-brewery/

distillery/winery

P C C P P C P C C N/A

Office/service area or

building

P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P N/A

Outdoor dining/drinking

area

C C C P* P* P P C P P P P 116 N/A

Outside display and sales P P* P* P* C* C* P* P* P* P 117 N/A

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 71

Table 4-2: Accessory Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District | N/A=Not Applicable

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Outside operations P P P P N/A

Outside storage P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 118 N/A

Parking, structured P P P P P P P P P P P N/A

Recycling collection centre P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 119 N/A

Retail sales P P P C P P P P P P P P P P P N/A

Secondary suite C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* 120 N/A

Social service facility C C C C P P P P P P P P N/A

Stable, private P P N/A

Wireless communication,

building-mounted tower

P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 99 N/A

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Tables

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 72

Table 4-3: Temporary Use Table

P=Permitted | C=Conditional | *=Use Specific Standard Applies in this Zoning District | N/A=Not Applicable

ZONING DISTRICT

USE CATEGORY / TYPE

A PR1 PR2 PR3 RR5 RR2 R1 R2 RMF RMU RMH C1 C2 C3 C4 CMU EI MMU M1 M2 M3 Use Specific

Standards

(Section)

Parking

Category

Emergency residential shelter P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P N/A

Farmers’ market C* C* C* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 127 N/A

Fundraising event P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P N/A

Real estate sales offices and

model sales homes

P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 128 N/A

Seasonal sales P* C* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 129 N/A

Special event (carnival,

circus, fair, concert, or

similar event)

P C P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P N/A

Temporary construction

trailer or building

P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* 130 N/A

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 73

USE SPECIFIC STANDARDS

63. Regardless of whether a use is allowed as a permitted or a conditional use, and regardless of the

zoning district in which the use is located, the following additional standards must be met in

respect of the uses identified, except as authorized by other sections of this By-law or by a

Conditional Use or Variance Order.

Residential and Residential-Related

Care Home

64. (1) A care home is permitted to a maximum of 6 persons.

(2) No care home may be located within 330 feet of another care home.

(3) No care home with more than 6 persons may be located within 990 feet of a care home

or neighbourhood rehabilitation home.

Dwelling, Live-Work

65. (1) No live-work dwelling unit may be larger than 3,000 square feet.

(2) A minimum of 20 percent of the gross floor area of a live-work dwelling must be devoted

to residential use, and a minimum of 25 percent of the gross floor area must be devoted

to business activities.

(3) The business activity within a live-work dwelling must not include any activity that would

be defined as an adult service or entertainment establishment if it occurred in a separate

facility.

Neighbourhood Rehabilitation Home

66. (1) No neighbourhood rehabilitation home may be located within 990 feet from a care home

or another neighbourhood rehabilitation home.

Single Room Occupancy

67. (1) In RMF, RMU, C1, C2, and CMU zoning districts the use is permitted to a maximum of 12

beds.

Public and Institutional

Park/plaza/square/playground

68. In the PR1, R1, R2, RMU, C1 zoning districts, parks, plazas, square, playgrounds, and similar uses

are subject to the following limitations:

(1) The use may contain a maximum of 2 athletic playing fields.

(2) The use may not contain a swimming pool.

(3) Any skateboard park must be limited to 5,000 square feet of gross area.

Elementary or Junior High School

69. Each elementary or junior high school must provide queuing spaces for the loading and

unloading of passengers to accommodate 3 school buses and 5 passenger vehicles. Such

queuing spaces may be located within the required front yard, as allowed in Table 5-7, Permitted

Projections.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Specific Standards

Cultural and Entertainment

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 74

Day Care Centre

70. Each day care centre must provide a drop-off/pick-up area to ensure the safety of persons and to

ensure that vehicles dropping off or picking up do not interfere with smooth traffic flow on

adjacent public streets.

Hospital

71. Hospitals in C2, C3, C4, CMU, MMU and M1 zoning districts must have no more than 25 inpatient

beds.

Place of Worship

72. Places of worship with a gross floor area of more than 40,000 square feet are permitted only in

the C4, EI, MMU, M1 and M2 zoning districts.

Senior High School

73. Each senior high school must provide queuing spaces for the loading and unloading of

passengers to accommodate 3 school buses and 3 passenger vehicles. Such queuing spaces may

be located within the required front yard, as allowed in Table 5-7, Permitted Projections.

Cultural and Entertainment

Amusement Enterprise, Indoor

74. (1) In the C2 and CMU zoning districts indoor amusement enterprise establishments shall not

include drinking establishments.

(2) In the MMU zoning district, indoor amusement enterprise establishments are limited to a

maximum of 10,000 square feet of gross floor area, except fitness and wellness centres

which are limited to a maximum of 40,000 square feet of gross floor area.

Auditorium/Concert Hall/Theatre/Cinema

75. In the PR2, C2, MMU, and M1 zoning districts, auditoriums, concert halls, theatres, cinemas, and

similar uses are limited to a maximum of 40,000 square feet of gross floor area.

Cultural Centre

76. In the MMU and M1 zoning districts, cultural centres are limited to a maximum of 10,000 square

feet of gross floor area.

Gallery/Museum

77. In the RMU, C1, MMU, and M1 zoning districts, museums are limited to a maximum of 10,000

square feet of gross floor area.

Private Club, Not Licensed

78. In the C2, MMU, and M1 zoning districts, private clubs (not licensed) are limited to a maximum of

10,000 square feet of gross floor area.

Sports or Entertainment Arena/Stadium, Indoor

79. In the MMU and M1 zoning districts, indoor sports or entertainment arenas/stadiums are limited

to a maximum of 40,000 square feet of gross floor area.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Specific Standards

Commercial Sales and Service

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 75

Commercial Sales and Service

Adult Service or Entertainment Establishment

80. (1) No adult service or entertainment use may be located within 1,000 feet of:

(a) any dwelling unit;

(b) any Parks and Recreation District or any park use in a Residential District;

(d) any place of worship; or

(e) any elementary, middle, or senior high school.

(2) Sex objects and adult publications must not be visible from the street.

(3) Signage indicating minimum age of admission must be clearly visible from the street.

Animal Hospital or Veterinary Clinic

81. In the C1 district, each animal hospitals or veterinary clinics are limited to a maximum of 1,500

square feet of gross floor area.

Auction Room

82. In the CMU, MMU, and M1 district, auction rooms are limited to a maximum of 10,000 square

feet of gross floor area and may not include outside storage areas.

Cheque-cashing Facility

83. No cheque-cashing facility may be located within 1,000 feet of another cheque-cashing facility or

a pawnshop.

Drinking Establishment

84. In the C2, MMU, M1, and M2 zoning districts, drinking establishments are limited to a maximum

of 5,000 square feet of gross floor area.

Kennel

85. In the C1, C2, C3, and CMU districts, a kennel is permitted only if all operations are conducted

within an enclosed building.

Medical/Dental/Optical/Counselling Clinic

86. (1) In the C1 district medical/dental/optical/counselling clinics use are limited to a

maximum of 1,500 square feet of gross floor area.

(2) In the RMU district medical/dental/optical/counselling clinics use are limited to a

maximum of 5,000 square feet of gross floor area.

Office

87. In the RMU and C1 district, office uses are limited to a maximum of 5,000 square feet of gross

floor area.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Specific Standards

Commercial Sales and Service

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 76

Pawnshop

88. No pawnshop may be located within 1,000 feet of another pawnshop or a cheque-cashing facility.

Personal Service Uses (Unless Otherwise Listed)

89. (1) In the RMU and C1 zoning districts, personal service uses (unless otherwise listed):

(a) are limited to a maximum of 5,000 square feet of gross floor area; and

(b) are limited to operate between the hours of 9:00 am to 9:00 pm.

(2) In the C2 zoning district, a personal service use is limited to a maximum of 25,000

square feet of gross floor area.

Retail Sales Uses (Unless Otherwise Listed)

90. (1) In the RMU and C1 zoning districts, retail sales uses (unless otherwise listed):

(a) are limited to a maximum of 5,000 square feet of gross floor area;

(b) are limited to operate between the hours of 9:00 am to 9:00 pm.

(2) In the C2, CMU, MMU, and M1 zoning districts a retail sales use is limited to a maximum

of 40,000 square feet of gross floor area.

(3) In the C3 zoning district a retail sales use is limited to a maximum of 120,000 square feet

of gross floor area.

Supermarket

91. (1) In the C2, CMU, and M1 zoning districts supermarkets are limited to a maximum of

55,000 square feet of gross floor area.

(2) In the MMU zoning district supermarkets are limited to a maximum of 10,000 square feet

of gross floor area.

Restaurant

92. (1) In the RMU and C1 zoning districts, restaurants are limited to a maximum of 2,500

square feet of gross floor area and must not have a drive-in or drive-through facility

(2) In the C2 zoning district, restaurants are limited to a maximum of 5,000 square feet of

gross floor area.

X-Rated Store

93. No X-Rated store may be located within 1,000 feet of:

(1) Any dwelling unit as defined by and located within the jurisdiction of this By-law;

(2) Any Parks and Recreation District or any park use in a Residential District as defined by

and located within the jurisdiction of this By-law;

(3) Any other adult X-rated store or adult entertainment or service use as defined by and

located within the jurisdiction of this By-law;

(4) Any place of worship; or

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Specific Standards

Private Motor Vehicle-Related

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 77

(5) Any elementary, middle, or senior high school.

Private Motor Vehicle-Related

Auto/Light Truck/Motorcycle, Repair and Service

94. Auto, light truck, and motorcycle repair and service facilities must meet the use specific

standards in section 95 with the following exceptions:

(1) The restriction on fence height contained in subsection 95 (1) only applies in required

front yards.

(2) In voluntary front yards and in side and rear yards, fences that comply with sections 194

through 198

Fences and Screening

are permitted.

Auto/Light Truck/Motorcycle, Sales and Rental

95. Auto/Light Truck/Motorcycle sales and rental establishments must comply with the following

standards:

(1) Vehicle display area subject to compliance with section 172 (9)

Vehicle Display Areas.

(2) All work on vehicles or equipment, including estimates, inspections, and repairs, washing,

and vehicle preparation, must be conducted within an enclosed building meeting the

requirements of this By-law.

(3) Any overhead service doors visible from an adjacent lot or site containing a residential

use must remain closed when not being used for entry or exit of vehicles.

(4) A lot area for outside sales must be paved with concrete, asphalt, paving stones, or

other impervious surface approved by the City, and must be graded and drained to

dispose of all water accumulated within the area.

(5) Vehicle or equipment displays must not be located within a required yard or on top of

any building.

(6) At least one permanent building must be erected for use as a sales or administrative

office, having at least 200 square feet of gross floor area, constructed of wood, masonry,

or other building material approved by the City, and set on a foundation.

(7) All garbage containers must be fully enclosed by a brick/concrete and/or wood barrier

that is at least 6 inches above the top of the garbage container.

Drive-In or Drive-Through

96. Drive-in or drive-through facilities must comply with the following standards:

(1) Existing parking or loading stalls must not be utilized as part of a drive-through lane.

(2) No drive-in or drive-through facility may be located on a lot or site adjacent to a lot

containing a residential use unless the drive-in or drive-through facility is separated from

the residential use by an intervening building, public lane, or public street.

(3) No portion of a drive-in or drive-through facility may be located in a required front yard.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Specific Standards

Transportation, Utility and Communication

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 78

Fuel Sales

97. Fuel sales uses must comply with the following standards:

(1) No displays or storage of merchandise, parts or refuse may be located closer than 20

feet from the street or lane.

(2) All trash and refuse must be stored in a building or within an area enclosed by a wall or a

solid fence at least 6 feet high.

(3) Screening adequate to buffer adjacent residential uses from noise and light must be

installed and maintained along property lines where the use abuts a residential area.

Transportation, Utility and Communication

Utility Facility, Minor

98. Each above-ground minor utility facility must be located to minimize visibility from residential

uses and public streets, and must be screened from view from adjacent public streets by shrubs

with a minimum height at maturity of 3 feet.

Wireless Communication, Building-Mounted Tower

99. Building-mounted towers may be located on buildings at the heights set forth in the following

table. Height for a building-mounted tower must be measured from the grade of the building to

the highest point on the tower structure, including any installed antennae and lighting and

supporting structures. Tower structures must not exceed the height limits as shown in Table 4-4,

below.

TABLE 4-4: Maximum Tower Height, Building-Mounted Tower

Building Height

Maximum Tower Height

(including antennae)

Over 150 feet 15 percent of building height

75 to 149 feet 25 percent of building height

Less than 75 feet 40 percent of building height

Wireless Communication, Freestanding Tower

100. All freestanding towers must comply with the following standards:

Height

(1) The maximum height for all freestanding towers without the bonus height allowed for co-

location [see subsection (4) below] is 100 feet. The maximum permitted height for

freestanding towers using the bonus height allowed for co-location [see subsections (4)

and (5) below] is 250 feet.

(2) Height for a freestanding tower must be measured from grade to the highest point on

the tower structure, including any installed antennae and lighting and supporting

structures.

(3) Tower structures must not exceed the height limits allowed by the Airport Vicinity

Protection Area Planned Development Overlay 1 (see Schedule D).

Part 4: Use Regulations

Use Specific Standards

Industrial Uses

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 79

Co-Location Bonus Height

(4) A new tower may exceed the maximum height of 75 feet only if designed to

accommodate one additional user’s equipment for every 25 feet of tower height above

75 feet.

(5) Applicants seeking to erect a tower greater than 75 feet in height, and proposed to be

located within 3,000 feet of any communication tower greater than 75 feet in height,

must provide evidence that reasonable efforts have been made to lease space on an

existing planned or constructed tower(s) or that no existing tower(s) will technically

satisfy the applicant's needs.

Yards

(6) All freestanding towers must be set back from the property boundary a distance equal to

the height of the proposed tower. In addition, all freestanding towers must be set back

from all existing dwellings and property zoned residential or mixed use by a minimum of

200 feet, or at least 2 times the height of the proposed tower, whichever is greater.

Signs and Logos

(7) No advertising sign or logo is permitted on any telecommunications facility.

Buffering and Screening

(8) All fences and walls must be screened with approved buffering materials. (See sections

194 through 198,

Fences and Screening

(9) The base of the tower and each guy anchor must be surrounded by a fence or wall at

least 8 feet in height.

(10) The City may require all antenna(ae) be screened to safeguard surrounding property,

provided that such screening must not interfere with the transmission and/or reception

capabilities of any antennae located on the tower.

Existing Towers

(11) New antennae may be co-located upon towers that exist on the effective date of this By-

law.

Abandoned Antennas or Tower Structures

(12) Any antenna or tower structure that is not operated for a continuous period of 12 months

shall be considered abandoned, and the owner of such antenna or tower structure must

remove the same within 180 days of receipt of notice from the Director notifying the

owner of such abandonment.

Industrial Uses

Mini-Warehouse, Self-Storage

101. The outside storage of boats, RVs, cars, and/or buses is prohibited in the C3 district.

Outside Storage

102. Outside storage is subject to compliance with section 197,

Screening of Outside Storage

Required

Part 4: Use Regulations

Accessory Uses and Structures

Purpose

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 80

Recycling Plant

103. Recycling Plants with outside operations and/or storage are prohibited in MMU, M1, M2 and MP

zoning districts.

Wrecking or Salvage Yard

104. Wrecking or Salvage Yards must comply with the following standards:

(1) The site must be maintained in good condition, free of weeds, dust, trash, and debris.

(2) The site must be screened by a solid fence at least 6 feet in height.

(3) No materials or supplies shall be stored above the level of the screening fence.

ACCESSORY USES AND STRUCTURES

Purpose

105. This section authorizes the establishment of accessory uses.

Director’s Determination

106. If a question arises as to whether a proposed accessory use or structure is included within those

use categories or use types listed in Table 4-1, the Director must make the determination as

described in section 61,

Classification of Uses

General Standards

107. All accessory uses and structures must comply with the following standards:

(1) All principal uses allowed in a zoning district are deemed to include the accessory uses,

structures, and activities allowed for that district, as set forth in Table 4-2.

(2) All accessory uses and structures must comply with all other applicable provisions of this

By-law (including, without limitation, the use specific standards in Part 4 and the

dimensional and operating standards in Part 5).

(3) Accessory uses must comply with all standards of this By-law applicable to the principal

use with which they are associated. Parking requirements must be met for the principal

use.

(4) No accessory structure may be erected except as authorized by the dimensional

standards in Part 5.

(5) Temporary accessory uses and structures are governed by the temporary use permit

procedures and standards set forth in sections 121 through 130,

Temporary Uses and

Structures.

Additional Standards for Specific Accessory Uses

108. The accessory uses listed in sections 109 through 120 must comply with the general standards of

section 107,

General Standards

, as well as the use specific standards of sections 109 through

120.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Accessory Uses and Structures

Additional Standards for Specific Accessory Uses

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 81

Aviary

109. In residential zoning districts, other than the RR5 and RR2 districts, aviaries are not permitted

except for flightless birds.

Boarder or Roomer

110. Limited to no more than 2 boarders or roomers per dwelling unit.

Caretaker’s Residence

111. Limited to no more than one caretaker’s residence per principal non-residential use on the

premises.

Day Care

112. The day care facility must provide a pick-up/drop-off area, which may be a driveway, to ensure

the safety of people when entering and leaving the premises.

Prohibited Home-Based Businesses

113. The following home-based businesses are prohibited in all zoning districts:

(1) Adult entertainment;

(2) Dating and escort service;

(3) Massage therapy unless the resident providing the service is licensed as such by the

License Branch of the City of Winnipeg;

(4) Body modification;

(5) On-site painting, body repairs, or other repair of automobiles, trucks, boats, trailers, or

other motorized vehicles;

(6) Vehicle towing operations;

(7) Dispatch centres for auto-oriented services;

(8) Sales of firearms or ammunition;

(9) Any business utilizing radio transmission equipment; and

(10) Any business engaged in the sales and rental of autos, light trucks, or motorcycles.

Home-Based Business, Minor

114. In addition to all standards applicable in the zoning district where the use is located, the

following conditions apply to all minor home-based businesses, as defined in Part 2. Any Home-

Based Business not able to meet any one of the following conditions is considered a Major Home-

Based Business and is subject to the standards under section 115,

Home-Based Business, Major

(1) All home-based businesses must be operated in accordance with all plans and documents

approved as part of the application.

(2) The operators of the home-based business must be residents of the dwelling unit.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Accessory Uses and Structures

Additional Standards for Specific Accessory Uses

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 82

(3) A minor home-based business must not have non-resident employees.

(4) More than one home-based business per dwelling may be permitted, provided that all

applicable regulations are satisfied.

(5) An accessory structure may be used for conducting a home-based business, provided

that the structure complies with all other requirements of this By-law.

(6) The cumulative size of all home-based businesses within a dwelling unit or accessory

building must not exceed 25 percent of the total gross floor area of the dwelling unit and

accessory building or 800 square feet, whichever is less.

(7) Work or activity must be conducted entirely within the residential unit or accessory

building.

(8) No home-based businesses may have any outdoor storage of any items related to the

business, including without limitation, materials, inventory, or equipment, unless such

items are stored in an enclosed accessory building meeting the requirements of this By-

law.

(9) There must be no exterior indication of the existence of the home-based business, and

no indoor display of the business visible from the outside, except that a home-based

business may have one non-illuminated identification sign not exceeding 2 square feet in

area, provided the sign is attached to and parallel with a wall of the principal or

accessory building.

(10) Retail sales on the premises must be limited to those articles produced or incidental to

the service provided by the home-based business.

(11) Clients, customers, and suppliers are not permitted to visit the home-based business with

the exception of day cares.

(12) If the home-based business is a day care, the use must comply with the following

additional requirements:

(a) the hours of operation must be limited to between 7:00 am and 7:00 pm;

(b) no other home-based businesses may be conducted within the premises;

(d) limited to a single family dwelling; and

(e) must provide a pick-up/drop-off area, which may be a driveway, sufficient to

ensure the safety of people when entering and leaving the premises.

Home-Based Business, Major

115. In addition to all standards applicable to the zoning district where the use is located, the

following conditions apply to all major home-based businesses, as defined in Part 2.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Accessory Uses and Structures

Additional Standards for Specific Accessory Uses

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 83

(1) All home-based businesses must be operated in accordance with all plans and documents

approved as part of the application.

(2) A major home-based business may have a maximum of two non-resident employees or

business partners working on the premises.

(3) A major home-based business may provide instructional classes for not more than 4

pupils at a time.

(4) If the home-based business is a bed and breakfast, the use must comply with the

following additional requirements:

(a) the operator of the business must reside on the premises and must use it as

their principal residential dwelling;

(b) the maximum number of guest rooms is the number of bedrooms existing in the

structure, minus one for occupancy by the owners/operator of the facility;

(d) guests may reside at the Bed and Breakfast for a maximum of 2 weeks;

(e) bed and breakfast facilities are not subject to the restriction that home-based

businesses occupy no more than 25 percent of the gross floor area of the

principal building; and

(f) a minimum of 2 parking spaces must be provided per 3 guest rooms.

(5) If the major home based business is a day care the use must comply with the following

additional requirements:

(a) the hours of operation must be limited to between 7:00 am and 7:00 pm;

(b) no other home-based businesses may be conducted within the premises;

(d) Limited to a single family dwelling; and

(e) Must provide a pick-up/drop-off area, which may be a driveway, sufficient to

ensure the safety of people when entering and leaving the premises.

(6) There must be no exterior indication of the existence of the home-based business, and

no indoor display of the business visible from the outside, except that a home-based

business may have one non-illuminated identification sign not exceeding 2 square feet in

area, provided the sign is attached to and parallel with a wall of the principal or

accessory building.

(7) Notwithstanding subsections 113(5) and (10), all existing Conditional Use Orders for auto

dealers and auto repair operations, are not affected by the By-law. Conditional Use

Orders with expiration dates shall be allowed to continue to operate in compliance with

Part 4: Use Regulations

Temporary Uses and Structures

Purpose

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 84

the conditions contained in their respective Orders until January 1, 2025, at the

discretion of the Director of Planning, Property and Development.

Outdoor Dining/Drinking Area

116. In the C1 and C2 zoning districts, outdoor dining and drinking areas are limited to a maximum of

100 square feet.

Outside Display and Sales

117. (1) Outside display area not exceeding 10 percent of gross floor area is permitted in all C2,

C3, C4, CMU, MMU, and M1 districts.

(2) An outside display area associated with a landscape or garden supply establishment may not

exceed 25 percent of the maximum permitted gross floor area in the C2, C3, C4, MMU, M1

and M2 districts.

(3) Outside sales are limited to a maximum of four 3-day events in each calendar year.

Outside Storage

118. (1) Accessory outside storage in the, C3, C4, MMU, M1 and M2 districts is subject to

compliance with section 197,

Screening of Outside Storage Required

(2) In C3 and MMU zoning districts, outside storage is limited to 25 percent of gross floor

area.

Recycling Collection Centre

119. No more than 10 percent of the parking lot in which the recycling collection centre is located may

be devoted to the use, and the use must not make the number of available parking spaces lower

than the minimum required by this By-law.

Secondary Suite

120. A secondary suite may be created accessory to a single-family dwelling, subject to the following

standards:

(1) Only one entrance to the dwelling from the street may be located on the facade that

faces the street, unless the dwelling contained an additional street-facing entrance prior

to the creation of the secondary suite;

(2) Lots containing secondary suites must contain a minimum of 2 off-street parking spaces;

and

(3) The maximum size of a secondary suite unit may be no more than 33 percent of the

living area of the dwelling, or 800 square feet, whichever is less.

TEMPORARY USES AND STRUCTURES

Purpose

121. This section allows for the establishment of specifically enumerated uses for a temporary period

of time provided that the proposed temporary use complies with the requirements of this section

and all other provisions of this By-law.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Temporary Uses and Structures

Director’s Determination

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 85

Director’s Determination

122. If a question arises as to whether a proposed temporary use or structure is included within those

use categories or use types listed in Table 4-3, the Director must make the determination as

described in section 61,

Classification of Uses

Temporary Use Permits

Permit Required

123. Subject to section 124, no temporary use or structure may exist without an approval pursuant to

the

Development Procedures By-law

Permit Exemptions

124. The following temporary uses are exempt from the requirement for an approval in section 123,

provided that the proposed temporary use complies with the general requirements of section

125,

General Requirements for All Temporary Uses and Structures

(1) Garage or yard sales up to a maximum of 2 weekends per year, for a maximum of 3 days

each; and

(2) Temporary car washes lasting no more than 2 consecutive days, 7 times per year.

General Requirements for All Temporary Uses and Structures

125. An approval issued for a temporary use or structure is issued subject to the following general

requirements, unless otherwise specified in this By-law:

(1) The temporary use or structure must not be detrimental to property or improvements in

the surrounding area or to the public health, safety, or general welfare.

(2) The temporary use or structure must not have adverse impacts on nearby residential

neighbourhoods.

(3) The temporary use must comply with all applicable general and specific regulations of

this section unless otherwise expressly stated.

(4) The temporary use or structure must not result in permanent alterations to the site.

(5) Unless otherwise stated in this By-law or in the terms of the permit, the temporary use

must cease to operate 30 days after approval of the permit.

(6) All temporary signs associated with the temporary use or structure must be removed

when the activity ends.

(7) The temporary use or structure must not violate any applicable conditions of approval

that apply to a principal use on the site.

(8) If the property is undeveloped, it must contain sufficient land area to allow the

temporary use or structure to occur, as well as any parking and traffic movement that

may be associated with the temporary use, without disturbing sensitive or protected

resources such as floodplains.

(9) Tents and other temporary structures must be located so as not to interfere with the

normal operations of any permanent use located on the property.

Part 4: Use Regulations

Temporary Uses and Structures

Additional Standards for Specific Temporary Uses

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 86

(10) A temporary use is not permitted unless sufficient off-street parking is adequate to

accommodate anticipated parking needs associated with the temporary use.

Additional Standards for Specific Temporary Uses

126. In addition to complying with section 125, the temporary uses listed in sections 127 through 130

must comply with the standards set out in those sections.

Farmers’ Market

127. Farmers’ markets are limited to between April 1

to October 31

Real Estate Sales Offices and Model Sales Homes

128. (1) All real estate sales offices and model sales homes must meet all dimensional standards

and parking requirements set forth in Part 5 as applicable to principal structures in the

zoning district where the temporary structure is located.

(2) No real estate sales office or model home must be used as a dwelling during the time it

is being used as a real estate sales office or model home.

Seasonal Sales

129. Seasonal sales areas:

(1) Must not reduce the number of required off-street parking or loading spaces below the

minimums required by this By-law;

(2) Obstruct any vehicular circulation route into or through the property; and

(3) Are limited to a maximum of 60 days in each calendar year.

Temporary Construction Trailer or Building

130. Temporary construction trailers or buildings must be removed from the premises within one

month after completion of construction.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 87

PART 5: DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN STANDARDS

APPLICATION

131. This Part of the

Zoning By-law

provides development and design standards applicable to all

development in the City, except that area covered by the

Downtown Winnipeg Zoning By-law

unless the application of a development or design standard is specifically limited to certain types

or categories of development. Where specific design or development standards apply in different

zoning districts, they apply to the zoning districts designated on the Zoning Maps in Schedule B

to this By-law.

DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS

Standards for All Districts

132. The following standards apply to all development under the jurisdiction of this By-law:

(1) The owner has a continuing obligation to maintain the minimum yards and other open

spaces required in this By-law.

(2) The minimum yards and other open spaces required by this By-law for one use may not

serve to satisfy the requirements of this By-law for minimum yards and other open

spaces for any other use.

(3) Yards and other open space required for a use must be located on the same zoning lot

as the use.

(4) The owner may provide lots with larger lot areas, frontages, or yards than the minimum

amounts required by Tables 5-1 through 5-6, as applicable, but may not exceed any

maximum established by Tables 5-1 through 5-6, as applicable, or any maximum

imposed as a condition of any rezoning, Variance or Conditional Use Order.

Agriculture and Park Districts

Principal Buildings

133. (1) No person may erect a principal building in the A, PR1, PR2, or PR3 zoning districts,

except for major utility facilities and minor utility facilities, unless;

(a) the principal building complies with the dimensional standards in Table 5-1; or

(b) an alternative dimensional standard is authorized by sections 159 or 160,

Permitted Projections,

or the requirements of sections 155 through 158,

Additional Yard Requirements,

or by another provision of this By-law, or by a

Variance Order.

(2) In Table 5-1, the contents of each cell set out the dimensional requirement, in feet

unless otherwise stated, identified at the top of its column for the zoning district

identified at the far left of its row. “NA” means “not applicable”. Notes within Table 5-1

have legal effect and indicate special situations that affect the application of dimensional

standards to specific zoning districts.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Residential Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 88

TABLE 5-1: Agriculture and Park District Standards

Zoning District

Minimum Lot

Area

Minimum Lot

Width (Ft.)

Minimum

Front Yard

(Ft.)

Minimum

Rear Yard

(Ft.)

Minimum

Side Yard (Ft.)

[note a]

Maximum

Height of

Bldg. (Ft.)

A 40 acres 300 100 25 25 30

PR1 NA NA 20 25 8 30

PR2 NA NA 20 25 10 NA

PR3 NA NA 20 25 10 NA

NOTES:

a. Side yard requirements do not apply when land is used for a permitted recreational use without a structure

Accessory Structures

134. No person may erect an accessory structure, except for those related to public utilities, unless:

(1) The accessory structure complies with the same dimensional standards applicable to a

principal building on the lot; or

(2) An alternative dimensional standard is authorized by sections 159 and 160 regarding

permitted projections, sections 155 through 158, regarding required yards, or by another

provision of this By-law, or by a Variance Order, with the following exception:

(a) in the A zoning district, the maximum height of a detached garage is 13 feet.

Residential Districts

General

135. With the exception of an alternative development pattern allowed under Section 140, No person

may erect and the owner of property may not permit to be erected more than one principal

building on any zoning lot in the R1 and R2 zoning districts.

136. In the R1 zoning district, where the depth of a lot is reduced by the enlargement of the right-of-

way at the bend of a street or the curve of a cul-de-sac, the Director may reduce the front yard

requirement by up to 5 feet so long as the required front yard is not reduced to less than 18 feet

measured from the front lot line to the front wall of a private garage or the edge of a carport

nearest the public street.

Single and Two-Family Zoning Districts

137. (1) No person may erect and the owner may not permit to be erected a principal building on

lands in the RR5, RR2, R1, R2, or RMH, zoning districts, except for public utility facilities,

unless:

(a) the principal building complies with the dimensional standards in Table 5-2; or

(b) an alternative dimensional standard is authorized by sections 159 and 160

regarding permitted projections, sections 155 through 158, regarding required

yards, subsection (b) below, by another provision of this By-law, or by a Variance

Order.

(2) In Table 5-2, the cells in each row specify a dimensional requirement for development for

each zoning district noted in the far right column in relation to the requirement set out at

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Residential Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 89

the top of the column in which the cell is contained, and notes indicate special situations

that affect the application of dimensional standards to specific zoning districts. Except

where otherwise specified in the cells, the requirements set out in each cell are

expressed in feet, in the case of length and in square feet, in the case of area. In the

case of “maximum lot coverage” the requirement is expressed as a percentage of the

total area of the lot.

TABLE 5-2: Dimensional Standards for the RR5, RR2, R1, R2 and RMH Zoning Districts

Zoning

District and

Designation

Minimum Lot

Area

(Sq. Ft.)

[Note a]

Minimum

Lot Width

(Ft.)

Minimum

Front

Yard (Ft.)

Minimum

Rear Yard

(Ft.)

Minimum

Side

Yard

(Ft.)

[Note b]

Minimum

Reverse

Corner

Street

Side Yard

(Ft.)

Maximum

Height of

Bldg. (Ft.)

Maximum

Lot

Coverage

(%)

Principal Residential Structure

RR5 5 acres 25 100 25 25 25 35 30

RR2 87,120 25 50 25 25 25 35 30

R1-Estate 20,000 25 30 25 15

20 35 30

R1-Large 5,500 25 20 25 4 10 35 40

R1-Medium 3,500 25 15

[note c & d]

25 4 4 35 45

R1-Small

2,500 25 15

[note c & d]

25 3 each,

or 2 & 4

4 35 45

RMH See section 147,

Residential Mobile Home Park District-Specific Standards

5,000 (2,500 per

dwelling unit for

two-family; 800

per dwelling unit

for multi-family)

25 20 25 4

10 35 NA

Principal Non-Residential Structure

RR5 25,000 25 100 25 25 30 30 50

RR2 25,000 25 50 25 25 30 30 50

R1, R2 20,000 25 20 25 25 30 30 50

NOTES:

a. Where the lot is serviced by a private sewage disposal system with a septic field, the minimum lot area is that required by the

Sewer By-law

(7070/97) or that shown in dimensional standards table, whichever is greater. In other cases where residential

uses are not served by municipal water and/or sewer, the minimum lot area is 11,000 sq. ft.

b. Where the width of the lot is a factor of the non-compliance of a lot of record, the side yards may be reduced to 10% of the

width of the lot but must not be less than 3 feet.

c. Portions of the front façade that do not include garages or carports must have a minimum front yard of 15 feet; where a

driveway leads from the street to a garage or carport located on the front facade of the house, such driveway must be a

minimum of 18 feet in length, unless the provisions of subsection 140(2),

Auto Courts

, apply. Driveway length is measured

between the garage door or the edge of the carport closest to the street and the front property line.

d. If the house has rear access to a public lane and does not have a driveway providing access from the public street to a garage

or carport, the minimum front yard is 10 feet, unless the provisions of subsection 140(3),

Loop Lanes

, apply.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Residential Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 90

Special Boundary Conditions

138. (1) If an undeveloped parcel of land is located in the R1 or R2 zoning districts, or proposed

for rezoning to the R1 or R2 zoning districts, and abuts an existing R1 or R2 zoning

district, or is separated from an R1 or R2 zoning district by a street right-of-way, railroad

right-of-way, or waterway, the undeveloped parcel must not be subdivided unless the

width/square footage of the proposed lot(s) within 200 feet (measured from the edges of

the proposed subdivision) of the adjacent R1 or R2 zoning district is not less than the

average lot width/square footage of existing developed lots in residential use in the

adjacent R1 or R2 areas along such shared boundary, but in no case may be less than 35

feet.

(2) Other lots proposed to be created within the undeveloped parcel must comply with Table

5-2. (Illustration 10 provides an example of this requirement.)

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Residential Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 91

Illustration 10: Special Boundary Conditions

Front Yard Building Alignments

139. Where a new single-family or two-family dwelling or addition to a dwelling is proposed within a

street block or a portion of a street block where at least 80 percent of the lots have been

developed with principal residential structures, and the front yard required by Table 5-2 is

inconsistent with the majority of existing front yards for developed single- and two-family

dwellings on the street block, the new structure must be developed with a front yard consistent

with the average of the existing front yards within that block or portion of the block. In the case

of a corner lot, either the average of the setback for the two nearest properties on the same

= existing lots = new lots to match existing

= new lots not required to match existing

(more than 200 feet from boundary)

= development parcel boundary

= within 200 feet of developed lots

200 feet

stream

200 feet

develo

ment

arcel

Existing

Lots

Existing

Lots

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Residential Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 92

block or for all the properties facing the same street on the same block may be used for

calculating the allowed setback. (Illustration 11 provides an example of the application of this

provision.)

BC DE F

STREET

BC DE F

STREET

Illustration 11: Front Yard Building Alignments

In this example, lots “B” through “F” are included in the street block for purposes of measuring front yard

building alignments. Lot “A” is not included, as the front of this lot is on a different street. Setback

averaging is measured to the bulk of the buildings (shaded areas) and does not include porches

(unshaded).

The minimum required front yard setback in this example is 25 feet. An addition to the front of lot “E”

would require the averaging of the setbacks of lots “D” and “F”, the two closest buildings on the same block

face. In this example the resulting setback would be 20 feet - the average of lot “D” (15 feet) and lot “F”

(25 feet). An addition to the front of lot “F” would be based on the average of the two closest buildings on

the same block face; in this case, lots “D” and “E” or the average of all the lots facing the same street (“B”

through “F”).

Alternative Development Patterns

140. (1) As an alternative to organizing each single-family lot with separate access to a public

street, the owner of land in the R1 or R2 zoning districts may develop an auto court

pursuant to the standards in subsection (2) below or a loop lane pursuant to the

standards in subsection (3) below. An owner may only create flag lots pursuant to the

standards in subsection (4) below. All dimensional standards in Table 5-2 continue to

apply unless modified by the standards in subsections (2) through (4) below.

Bare Land Condominium - Auto Courts

(2) Up to 4 single-family dwelling units may share a single driveway access to a public street

through the use of an auto court layout (see Illustration 12) that complies with the

following conditions:

(a) the minimum width of the surface of an auto court must be 20 feet;

(b) shared driveways must be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, or paving stone, or a

combination of those materials;

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Residential Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 93

be at least 20 feet long, as measured between the front of the garage or carport

and the closest edge of the shared driveway;

(d) the design of the auto court must permit a passenger vehicle to back out of an

individual driveway and turn 90 degrees using the individual drive or intersecting

street;

(e) the auto court design must comply with all off-street parking requirements

applicable to singe-family dwellings. In addition, each auto court design must

provide one-half off-street parking space per dwelling unit, in a location other

than a private driveway; and

(f) the maintenance and repair of shared driveways is the responsibility of the

homeowner’s association unless such driveways are constructed to City street

standards and the City accepts responsibility for maintenance and repair during

the development approval process.

Illustration 12: Auto Courts

Bare Land Condominium - Loop Lane

(3) Up to 7 single-family dwelling units may share access to a public street through the

use of a loop lane layout (see Illustration 13) that complies with the following conditions:

(a) the surface of the loop lane must be at least 16 feet wide, and must be surfaced

with concrete, asphalt, or paving stone, or a combination of those materials;

(b) no portion of the loop lane may extend more than 250 feet from the public street

to which the loop lane gives access;

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Residential Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 94

(d) individual driveways leading from the loop lane to each home must be at least 20

feet long, as measured from the closest edge of the loop lane;

(e) traffic on the loop lane must be one-way only and must be adequately signed as

a one-way drive;

(f) design of the loop lane must permit a passenger vehicle to back out of an

individual driveway and turn 90 degrees using only the individual driveway, the

loop lane, or the intersecting public street;

(g) the loop lane design must comply with all off-street parking requirements

applicable to singe-family dwellings. In addition, each loop lane court design

must provide one-half off-street parking space per dwelling unit, in a location

other than a private driveway; and

(h) the maintenance and repair of the loop lane surface and the common area

surrounded by the loop lane is the responsibility of the owner unless the loop

lane is constructed to City street standards and the City accepts responsibility for

maintenance and repair during the development approval process.

Illustration 13: Loop Lanes

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Residential Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 95

Flag Lots

(4) The creation of new flag lots is prohibited unless:

(a) the lands proposed for flag lot access are located in an R1 or R2 zoning district;

(b) the lands proposed for flag lot development are located more than 150 feet from

the nearest existing or planned public street or lane; and

access to such lands.

(5) Where flag lots have been created prior to the effective date of this By-law, or are

permitted pursuant to subsection (4) above, the following standards apply:

(a) the minimum width of the strip of land used to provide driveway access to the

buildable portion of the flag lot shall be 25 feet; and

(b) within the access strip, the owner must erect and maintain a property address

sign meeting the standards of sections 178 through 187,

Signs

and 189(4)

Avoiding Interference with Traffic/ Pedestrian Safety

, within 20 feet of the right-

of-way of the public street or lane; and

way of the public street or lane must comply with the standards of section

189(4),

Avoiding Interference with Traffic/Pedestrian Safety

Splitting Two-Family Lots

141. The owner of a lot that has a two-family dwelling located on it may split the lot into 2 lots

provided that:

(1) The new lot line must be a straight line between the front and rear lot lines, located in

such a manner that the party wall of the two-family dwelling must form part of the new

lot line, and where the new lot line is unable to form a straight line due to the irregular

shape of the lot or the structure, the location of that new lot line must be determined by

the conditions of any subdivision approval issued.

(2) Each of the 2 lots created must have frontage on a street.

(3) The permitted use of each lot created must be for a semi-detached single-family dwelling

unit and permitted accessory uses only.

(4) Each lot created must provide one parking space with access to this required parking

space being directly from either a public lane or a street; however, the parking space

must not be permitted in the front yard.

(5) Each lot created must provide yards not less than the R2 zoning district minimum yard

requirements; except that the minimum side yard along the new lot line may be zero feet

in width. (See Illustration 14.)

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Residential Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 96

STREET

LANE

STREET

LANE

STREET

LANE

Illustration 14: Splitting Two-Family Lots

Accessory Structures

142. (1) No person may erect an accessory structure, including but not limited to parabolic

antennas and swimming pools, but excluding those related to public utilities, unless (i)

the accessory structure meets the dimensional standards in this subsection (4), or (ii) an

alternative dimensional standard is authorized by sections 159 and 160 regarding

permitted projections, sections 155 through 158, regarding additional yard requirements,

by another provision of this By-law, or by a Variance Order.

(2) The following regulations apply to detached accessory structures:

(a) if a detached accessory structure is located behind the rear wall of the principal

building, the following regulations in Table 5-3 apply:

TABLE 5-3: Dimensional Standards for Accessory Structures Located to Rear of Rear Wall of Principal Building

Minimum Side Yard

Minimum Reverse

Corner Side Yard

Minimum Rear Yard Maximum Lot

Coverage

Maximum Height of

Building

2 ft.

maximum 1 ft. overhang

excluding eavestrough

As required for principal

building

maximum 2 ft. overhang

excluding eavestrough

2 ft.

maximum 1 ft. overhang

excluding eavestrough

484 sq. ft. or 12.5% of

total lot area to a

maximum of 880 sq. ft.

13 ft.

(b) if a detached accessory structure is not located to the rear of the rear wall of the

principal building, the dimensional standards of the principal building including

front yard requirements apply for that portion of the structure not to the rear of

the rear wall of the principal building;

any other building on the lot must be 3 feet, clear of all projections;

(d) open decks 2 feet or less in height are permitted in any side yard or rear yard;

and

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Multiple-Family Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 97

(e) accessory structures under 108 square feet in floor area are permitted in any

side or rear yard; and

(f) where a lawfully-constructed detached accessory structure that conforms with

this By-law exists on a lot, such structure does not become non-conforming due

to the subsequent construction of an addition to the principal building that

complies with the standards of this By-law.

(3) Notwithstanding any other regulations regarding the location of accessory structures, no

accessory structure may be located in such a way as to impair access to a required

parking space in the side or rear yard.

(4) Where a structure is attached to the principal building by a roof, an open or enclosed

structure, a floor or a foundation, it is considered to be part of the principal building and

is subject to the dimensional standards for the principal building, excepting that any

portion of a private garage located to the rear of the rear wall of the principal building is

subject to the regulations in Table 5-3 above.

(5) Unenclosed above-ground swimming pools must meet the same minimum yard

requirements as other detached accessory buildings. Unenclosed in-ground swimming

pools must provide a minimum 5 foot side yard and 5-foot rear yard.

Multiple-Family Districts

General Dimensional Standards

143. No person may erect a principal building on lands in the RM zoning districts, except for public

utility facilities, unless (i) the principal building complies with the dimensional standards in Table

5-4 or (ii) an alternative dimensional standard is authorized by sections 159 and 160 regarding

permitted projections, sections 155 through 158, regarding

additional yard requirements

subsection (2) below, by another provision of this By-law, or by a Variance Order. In Table 5-4,

each row indicates a zoning district and each column indicates a dimensional requirement for

development.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Multiple-Family Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 98

TABLE 5-4: Dimensional Standards for Multi-Family Districts

Zoning

District and

Designation

Minimum

Lot Area

(Sq. Ft.)

Minimum

Lot Area

Per

Dwelling

Unit

(Sq. Ft.)

Minimum

Front

Yard

(Ft.)

Minimum

Rear

Yard

(Ft.)

Minimum

Interior

Side Yard

(Ft.)

Minimum

Corner

Side Yard

(Ft.)

Principal

Building

Separation

(Ft.)

[note a]

Maximum

Building

Height

(Ft.)

Multi-Family Residential Structures

RMF-S

9,000 1,250 20 25 4 5 8 35

RMF-M

9,000 800 25 25 8

[note b]

20 8 60

RMF-L

20,000 400 25 25 8

[note b]

20 8 150

RMU 9,000 500 20 25 5

[note b]

20 8 100

Single-family residential structures must meet the requirements of the R1-M zoning district

Two-family residential structures must meet the requirements of the R2 zoning district

Principal Non-Residential Structures

RMF-S, RMF-

M, RMF-L

20,000 NA 25 25 8 20 NA 35

RMU 9,000 NA 20 25 5 20 NA 39

NOTES:

a. For buildings taller than 35 ft, the principal building separation distance must be 50% of the height of the taller building to a

maximum of 25 feet.

b. In the RMF-M, RMF-L, and RMU zoning districts, where a building is more than one storey in height, the required interior side

yard increases by 2 feet for each storey above the ground floor to a maximum of 20 feet.

Front Yard Building Alignment

144. Where a multi-family dwelling building or addition to a multi-family dwelling building is proposed

within a street block or a portion of a street block, and the front yard required in the relevant

zoning district is inconsistent with the existing front yards of a majority of the principal buildings

on the street block, the new structure must be developed with a front yard consistent with the

average of the existing front yards within that block or portion of the block. In the case of a

corner lot, either the average of the setback for the two nearest properties on the same block or

for all the properties facing the same street on the same block may be used for calculating the

allowed setback. (See Illustration 11.)

Splitting a Lot Containing Attached Dwellings

145. The owner of a lot with attached dwellings located on it may split the lot to provide individual lots

for one or more of the attached dwelling units provided that:

(1) The new lot lines must be a straight line between the front and rear lot lines, located in

such a manner that the party walls of the attached dwelling must form part of the new

lot lines, and, where a new lot line is unable to form a straight line due to the irregular

shape of the lot or the structure, the location of that new lot line may be determined by

the Director.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Multiple-Family Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 99

(2) Each of the new lots created must have frontage on a street.

(3) The area of each lot created must be not less than the minimum lot area per dwelling

unit permitted under the dimensional standards for the District in which the lot is located.

(4) The permitted use of each lot created must be for a single-family attached dwelling unit

and permitted accessory uses only.

(5) Each lot created must provide at least 1 parking space with access to the required

parking space directly from a public lane or a public street.

(6) Minimum side yards along party walls established by the lot split may be 0 feet in width.

(7) Each end unit in a grouping of single-family attached dwellings must meet the minimum

side yard or corner side yard requirement, as applicable, of a two-family structure in the

same zoning district. (See Illustration 15.)

Illustration 15: Splitting a Lot Containing Attached Dwellings

Side yard(s) for end unit(s) must meet the dimensional standards of the district. Side yards at party walls

are zero feet.

Accessory Structures

146. No person may erect an accessory structure, including but not limited to parabolic antennas and

swimming pools, but excluding those related to public utilities, unless (i) the accessory structure

meets the dimensional standards in this section 146 or (ii) an alternative dimensional standard is

authorized by sections 159 or 160 regarding permitted projections, sections 155 through 158,

regarding

additional yard requirements, by another provision of this By-law, or by a Variance

Order.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Multiple-Family Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 100

(1) Structures accessory to a principal multi-family structure must meet the same

dimensional requirements applicable to the principal building, except that:

(a) no accessory structure may be located in the required front yard, except that not

more than 4 feet in height of the walls of an underground parking structure may

exist in a required front yard, where the front yard and side yards adjacent to

those walls are landscaped slopes to the tops of those walls, and the roof of that

underground parking structure is fully landscaped.

(b) a detached parking structure must comply with the same front yard and reverse

corner side yard standards applicable to the principal multi-family residential

structure and have a maximum height of 13 feet.

and reverse corner side yard requirements applicable to the principal multi-family

structure, but may have a reduced rear yard requirement of 8 feet.

(2) Structures accessory to a principal single-family or two-family dwelling unit must meet

the standards set out in section 142.

Residential Mobile Home Park District-Specific Standards

147. All development or redevelopment in the Mobile Home Park District must meet the following

standards.

(1) A buffer area must be provided within and adjacent to the perimeter of the mobile home

park property boundary in accordance with the following:

(a) minimum width of buffer area adjacent to a mobile home park property

boundary abutting a public street or highway must be 25 feet; and

(b) minimum width of buffer area adjacent to any other mobile home park property

boundary must be 15 feet.

(2) The required buffer area must be developed as follows:

(a) suitably landscaped with trees, shrubs, grass and similar horticultural features as

shown on the plans submitted to and approved by the Director;

(b) the buffer area may be crossed by an access right-of-way from a street to the

internal roadway system; and

(3) The following minimum separation distances must be provided:

(a) the minimum distance between mobile homes must be 10 feet;

(b) the minimum distance from a mobile home to a common parking area, storage

compound, and rights-of-way of an internal roadway system and access roads

must be 5 feet; and

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Multiple-Family Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 101

common parking area, a storage area, rights-of-way of the internal roadway

system or access roads must be 5 feet.

(4) A porch, carport or any addition must be considered as part of the mobile home for the

application of the above separation requirements.

(5) A mobile home park must contain a storage compound containing a minimum of 100

square feet of storage area for each mobile home space in the mobile home park and

must be located as shown on plans submitted pursuant to the above-noted

requirements.

(6) A mobile home park must contain a common recreational area that:

(a) contains a minimum of 7 ½ percent of the mobile home park area;

(b) is not part of the required buffer area; and

system.

(7) A mobile home park must have internal roadway system rights-of-way as follows:

(a) the main spine or collector road of the internal roadway system must have a

right-of-way a minimum of 50 feet in width; and

(b) other roadways of the internal roadway system must have a right-of-way a

minimum of 33 feet in width.

(8) The internal roadway system must have a concrete or asphalt driveway a minimum of 25

feet in width.

(9) A walkway, where provided, must have a minimum width of 10 feet.

(10) A mobile home space must be provided with the following:

(a) a sewer and water connection;

(b) an electrical service outlet; and

(11) Accessory structures (other than parabolic antennas) must not be located in the following

yard areas:

(a) front yard - 5 feet

(b) rear yard - 2 feet

(d) corner side yard - 10 feet

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Commercial and Institutional Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 102

(12) Dimensional Standards

(a) minimum number of spaces - 50

(b) minimum width of site - 300 feet

(d) minimum width per mobile home space - 40 feet

(13) Parabolic antennas must meet the requirements applicable to the R1 district.

Commercial and Institutional Districts

General Dimensional Standards

148. No person may erect a principal building or an accessory structure on lands in the C1, C2, C3, C4,

CMU, or EI zoning districts, except for public utility facilities, unless (i) the principal building

complies with the dimensional standards in Table 5-5 or (ii) an alternative dimensional standard

is authorized by sections 159 and 160 regarding permitted projections, sections 155 through 158,

regarding

additional yard requirements

by another provision of this By-law, or by a Variance

Order. In Table 5-5, each row indicates a zoning district, each column indicates a dimensional

requirement for development, and notes indicate special situations that affect the application of

dimensional standards to specific zoning districts. Development must comply with all dimensional

standards applicable to the zoning district where the property is located.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Commercial and Institutional Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 103

TABLE 5-5: Dimensional Standards for Commercial and Institutional Zoning Districts

Zoning District Minimum/

Maximum

Front Yard

(Ft.)

[note a]

Minimum Rear

Yard

(Ft.)

Minimum

Interior Side

Yard (Ft.)

[note b]

Minimum

Corner Side

Yard (Ft.)

Maximum

Height of

Building. (Ft.)

Maximum

Floor Area

Ratio

Non-Residential Structures

0 / 10

[note f]

0 0 0 39 1.0

0 / NA 25

[note c]

0 0 49 3.0

25 / NA 25 0 25 49 1.5

[Note d] / NA 50 [Note d] [Note d] NA 5.0

[Note e]

CMU 0 / NA 25 0 0 60 3.0

EI 25 / NA 25 0 25 100 3.0

Single-family residential structures must meet the requirements of the R1-M zoning district

Two-family residential structures must meet the requirements of the R2 zoning district

Multi-family residential structures in the C1 district must meet the requirements of the RMF-S zoning district;

Multi-family residential structures in the C2, CMU or EI districts must meet the requirements of the RMF-M zoning

district.

NOTES:

a. Where a maximum front yard requirement applies, a minimum of 50 percent of the ground floor front façade of the principal

structure must meet the maximum front yard requirement; other portions of the front façade may be located further from the

street. (See Illustration 16.)

b. Where a side or rear lot line in a commercial or institutional zoning district abuts a side or rear lot line of an R1 or R2 zoning

district, a side yard of 10 feet must be provided along the side lot line in the commercial or institutional district. The 10 foot

side yard must be landscaped pursuant to sections 188 through 193,

Landscaping and Buffering

, and must not be used for

parking or loading areas, storage of refuse or materials, or commercial activities of any kind.

c. No rear yard is required for lots in the C2 district located in the Urban Infill Areas on Maps 1 and 2 in Schedule C

d. Principal buildings must be located 125 feet from the boundary of any lot with residential zoning or residential use, and 50 feet

from the boundary of any lot with any other zoning or use. Secondary “liner” or “pad site” buildings that are not the principal

building on a site must comply with yards applicable to the C3 district. Fuel sales kiosks must be located at least 50 feet from

each property boundary.

e. Maximum FAR is increased to 6.0 if the property is located within 400 meters of a transit stop served by regular daily service.

f. Maximum front yard in the C1 district applies only in Urban Infill Areas as identified on Maps 1 and 2 in Schedule C.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Commercial and Institutional Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 104

Illustration 16: Maximum Front Yard in C1 District

In Urban Infill Areas

identified on Maps 1 and 2 in Schedule C

within the C1 district, a minimum of 50 percent of

the ground floor front façade must be located within 10 feet of the front property line. The illustration

demonstrates two possible ways that a building may be designed to meet that standard.

Educational and Institutional District

Master Plan Required

149. Prior to the approval of any development application and/or construction of a building on land

within an EI district, the owner of the land is required to prepare and submit a Master Plan,

addressing current and proposed development, for any development or redevelopment that

meets one or more of the following characteristics:

(1) Any development with a multi-building campus;

(2) Any development with more than 100,000 square feet of combined floor area in all

principal and accessory structures; or

(3) Any development on a site of more than 10 acres, but not including elementary, middle,

or high schools.

Contents of Master Plan

150. If a Master Plan is required pursuant to section 149,

Master Plan Required

, above, the following

information should be included in that Master Plan:

(1) The location of each existing and each proposed building and structure, the use or uses

to be contained in that building, the approximate size, and approximate location of

entrances and loading points of the building;

(2) The location of major outside facilities for waste disposal;

(3) The location of access points to public streets, parking areas, loading areas, and public

transportation points;

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Commercial and Institutional Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 105

(4) All pedestrian walks, malls and open areas for use by tenants or members of the public;

(5) The location, size, and height of all freestanding signs;

(6) The types of surfacing, such as paving, turfing or gravel, to be used at the various

locations;

(7) The location of major utilities;

(8) Typical floor plans and elevations of proposed buildings and structures, if available;

(9) Features included to minimize any impacts on adjacent properties, including but not

limited to transitions in building height, building size, location of parking areas, and

landscaping and screening; and

(10) Land for future development.

Effect and Amendment of Master Plan

151. A copy of the plan must be deposited with the Director and this plan will guide the issuance of all

permits and the construction, location, use and operation of all land, buildings and structures

included within this plan. Minor changes to the location of structures and buildings may be

permitted without amendment to the plan. A change which causes any of the following

circumstances to occur is considered major change and will require amendment to the plan:

(1) A change in the character of the development;

(2) An increase in the ratio of the total gross floor area to the total site area;

(3) An increase in the intensity of use;

(4) A reduction in the originally approved separations between buildings;

(5) An increase of the problems of circulation, safety and utilities;

(6) An increase of the external effects on adjacent property;

(7) A reduction in the originally approved yards from property lines;

(8) An increase in ground coverage by structures or buildings;

(9) A reduction in the ratio of off-street parking and loading space to gross floor area in

buildings;

(10) A change in the subject, size, lighting, flashing, animation or orientation of originally

approved signs; or

(11) A proposal to develop vacant land.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Dimensional Standards

Manufacturing Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 106

Manufacturing Districts

General Dimensional Standards

152. No person may erect a principal building or an accessory structure on lands in the MMU, M1, M2,

M3 or MP zoning districts, except for public utility facilities, unless (i) the principal building

complies with the dimensional standards in Table 5-6 or (ii) an alternative dimensional standard

is authorized by sections 159 and 160 regarding permitted projections, sections 155 through 158,

regarding

additional yard requirements

by another provision of this By-law, or by a Variance

Order. In Table 5-6, each row indicates a zoning district, each column indicates a dimensional

requirement for development, and notes indicate special situations that affect the application of

dimensional standards to specific zone districts. Development must comply with all dimensional

standards applicable to the zoning district where the property is located.

TABLE 5-6: Dimensional Standards for Manufacturing Zoning Districts

Zoning

District

Minimum

Lot Area

(Sq. Ft.)

Minimum

Lot Width

(Ft.)

Minimum

Front Yard

(Ft.)

Minimum

Rear Yard

(Ft.)

[note a]

Minimum

Interior

Side Yard

(Ft.)

[note a]

Minimum

Corner

Side Yard

(Ft.)

Maximum

Height of

Building.

(Ft.)

Maximum

Floor Area

Ratio

MMU NA NA 20 0 15 20 85 2.0

M1 NA NA 25 0 0 15 50 2.0

M2 NA NA 25 0 0 15 100 2.0

M3 NA NA 25 0 0 15 150 3.0

MP NA NA 40 0 15 20 85 1.0

NOTES:

a. Where the rear or side lot line abuts the side or rear lot line of an R1, R2 or RMF zoning district, a 25 foot yard must be

provided along the side or rear lot line. The side or rear yard must be landscaped pursuant to sections 188 through 193,

Landscaping and Buffering

, and must not be used for parking or loading areas, storage of refuse or materials, or commercial

activities of any kind.

Yards for Uses without Structures

153. No person may cause a lot in a manufacturing zoning district to be occupied for a permitted use

without a structure, unless the yards required by Table 5-6 are provided and maintained.

Planned Development Overlay Districts

154. Dimensional standards for PDO-1 and PDO-2 districts must be established at the time of approval

of those districts, and are set forth in section 57,

Planned Development Overlay Districts,

and

accompanying schedules.

Additional Yard Requirements

Lots Adjacent to Storm Water Retention Basins

155. Notwithstanding the minimum yards required by sections 132 through 154, owners of lots

adjacent to storm water retention basins must provide and maintain the following additional

minimum rear or side yards:

(1) If the property has been the subject of a zoning or subdivision agreement between the

City and the owners of the lands, the yards required by those agreements are not

affected by the enactment of this By-law and continue to apply to those lands until those

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Permitted Projections

Permitted Projections into Required Front, Side, and Rear Yards

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 107

agreements are terminated by the parties. Copies of such zoning and subdivision

agreements may be obtained from the Planning, Property and Development Department.

Maps illustrating the lots that are subject to this provision are included in Schedule H.

(2) If the property has not been the subject of a zoning or subdivision agreement or a

zoning by-law stating a specific minimum yard requirement from a storm water retention

basin, then the following minimum yard requirements apply:

(a) 50 feet measured from a rear lot line to any temporary use or structure and

open swimming pool;

(b) 75 feet measured from a rear lot line to any detached accessory building; and

Special Yards

156. Notwithstanding the minimum yards requirements imposed by sections 132 through 155, special

yard requirements, set out in Schedule I, are hereby imposed on the properties described in

Schedule I to address one or more of the following concerns: Right-of-way widening, buffering,

noise attenuation, adjacency to retention ponds, building alignments, and design standards along

designated Image Routes.

Lots Adjacent to Greater Winnipeg Gas Easement

157. Notwithstanding the minimum yard requirements imposed by sections 132 through 156,

additional yard requirements between the Greater Winnipeg Gas Easement and all habitable

buildings, set out in Schedule J, are hereby imposed on the owners of lots described in Schedule

Additional Area-Specific Yard Requirements

158. Owners of the properties listed in Schedule K are required to provide and maintain additional

yards. Details of each required additional yard may be obtained from the Planning, Property and

Development Department. Maps illustrating impacted lots are provided in Schedule K.

PERMITTED PROJECTIONS

Permitted Projections into Required Front, Side, and Rear Yards

159. Notwithstanding the required front, side, and rear yard requirements in sections 132 through

158, owners may permit the building elements, landscaping and site elements, and other

features listed in the far left column of Table 5-7 to project into required front, side, and rear

yards of properties falling within the zoning districts set out in the second column of Table 5-7 to

the extent and with the restrictions set out in cells located in the 3 columns to the right of Table

5-7. Projections that are not listed for a particular zoning district are not allowed unless

otherwise approved by the Director in accordance with section 19,

Permitted Projections

. Where

maximum heights are stated in Table 5-7, those height limits apply to such elements and

features when located in required yard areas. In addition, all elements and features located

outside of required yard areas are subject to maximum heights stated in Tables 5-1 through 5-6,

as applicable, unless a projection is allowed pursuant to section 160.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Permitted Projections

Permitted Projections into Required Front, Side, and Rear Yards

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 108

TABLE 5- 7: Permitted Projections

Projections Permitted

Features

Zoning District -

Use Designation

Front Yard Side Yard Rear Yard

Building Elements

A Maximum depth 5 feet

RMF District and

multi-family uses in

C1, C2, C3, C4 or

CMU Districts

Maximum depth = 5 ft.

Maximum floor area = 50 sq. ft. in any yard

Alcoves, bay

windows,

vestibules, and

similar additions

creating interior

floor area, limited

to one storey

(See Illustration

17.)

All Others

Maximum depth = 5 ft;

Maximum floor area = 50

sq ft

Maximum depth = 2 ft;

No closer than 1 ft to

property line;

Maximum floor area = 20

sq ft

Maximum depth = 5 ft

Maximum floor area = 50

sq ft

RR5, RR2, R1, R2

Districts and Single-

and Two-Family

Uses in C1, C2, C3,

C4, or CMU Districts

Not permitted for new

construction;

Those existing on effective

date of this By-law may be

replaced

Not permitted for new

construction;

Those existing on effective

date of this By-law may be

replaced

Maximum depth = 4 ft;

Maximum area = 48 sq ft

RMF District and

multi-family uses in

C1, C2, C3, C4 or

CMU Districts

Maximum depth = 4 ft

Maximum area = 48 sq ft

Balcony required

under a Fire

Protection By-law;

unenclosed fire

escape

Other Uses in C1,

C2, C3, C4, CMU

Districts

Not permitted Maximum depth = 2 ft

Maximum depth = 5 ft;

Maximum area = 50 sq ft

Other balconies All Districts Maximum depth of 4 inches per foot of yard but not exceeding 5 feet

Brick facing All Districts Maximum depth = 5 in

Exterior wall finish,

excluding brick

facing

All Districts Maximum depth = 3 in

A and RMF Districts

and multi-family

uses in C1, C2, C3,

C4 or CMU Districts

Maximum depth = 5 ft

Incidental building

architectural

features

All Other Maximum depth = 5 ft

Maximum depth = 2 ft;

For yards less than 4 feet,

eaves may project 4 inches

per foot;

Other features: no closer

than 1 ft to property line

Maximum depth = 5 ft

Roofs over

exterior entrances

(may not be

enclosed except by

railing)

All Districts

Maximum depth = 5 ft;

Maximum width = 50% of

front facade of principal

building;

No closer than 4 inches per

foot of side yard;

No closer than 2 ft to side

lot line

Maximum depth = 5 ft;

Maximum width = 50% of

facade of principal

building;

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Permitted Projections

Permitted Projections into Required Front, Side, and Rear Yards

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 109

TABLE 5- 7: Permitted Projections

Projections Permitted

Features

Zoning District -

Use Designation

Front Yard Side Yard Rear Yard

Landscaping and Site Features

A Permitted Arbours, trellises,

trees, shrubs and

similar horticultural

landscape features

All Others

Permitted. If placed to create fence effect then fence height limitations apply.

Single, two-family, and multi-family uses in C1, C2, C3, C4, and CMU Districts must

comply with fence height limitations of R1, R2, and RMF Districts, respectively.

Basketball hoops

RR5, RR2, R1, R2,

RMU Districts, and

Single- and Two-

Family Uses in C1,

C2, C3, C4, and

CMU Districts

Not closer than 10 ft to

front or side lot line

Not permitted

Not closer than 10 ft to

side lot line, or rear lot line

where there is no abutting

lane

Bicycle racks All districts Permitted

Clotheslines,

clothesline poles

All Districts Not Permitted Maximum height = 7 ft

No closer than 2 ft to side

lot line

Maximum Height = 7 ft

No closer than 2 ft to side

lot line;

No closer than 2 ft to rear

lot line if abutting a

residential property with

no intervening lane

Flag poles, lighting

fixtures, lamp

posts, and similar

features

All Districts Permitted, but maximum 13 ft height in residential districts

RR5, RR2, R1, R2,

RMU Districts, and

Single- and Two-

Family Uses in C1,

C2, C3, C4, and

CMU Districts

Not Permitted Not Permitted Permitted when adjacent

to a lane no closer than 2

ft to side lot line

Maximum height = 6.5 ft

Garbage and

recycling

enclosures

All Others Not Permitted Not Permitted Maximum height = 13 ft

Maximum height = 4 ft

May not be enclosed except by railing

Open landings and

terraces

All Districts

Maximum depth = 5 ft

unless maximum height

equal to or less than 1

foot;

Maximum area = 36 sq. ft.

No closer than 2 ft to side

lot line if height exceeds 2

ft unless maximum height

= 1 foot;

Maximum area = 36 sq. ft

Permitted;

Maximum area = 36 sq ft

Open parking or

loading area, and

queuing spaces

C1, C2, C3, C4,

CMU, MMU, M1, M2,

Not Permitted Not permitted Permitted

Public utility

transformers and

pedestals

All Districts Permitted

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Permitted Projections

Permitted Projections into Required Front, Side, and Rear Yards

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 110

TABLE 5- 7: Permitted Projections

Projections Permitted

Features

Zoning District -

Use Designation

Front Yard Side Yard Rear Yard

Swimming pool

equipment

RR5, RR2, R1, R2,

RMU Districts, and

Single- and Two-

Family Uses in C1,

C2, C3, C4, and

CMU Districts

Minimum distance from filters, pumps, heaters, or related equipment to an operable

window of a habitable room on an adjoining lot = 10 ft (measured laterally)

Walks and steps All Districts Permitted

Wheelchair

landings and

ramps

All Districts Permitted

Driveways All Districts Permitted

Queuing areas for

student drop-off

(Elementary,

Junior High, and

Senior High

schools)

All Districts Permitted

Other

Minimum. distance to openable window of a habitable room on an adjoining lot = 15

ft. (measured laterally)

Air conditioning

unit and/or

compressor

RR5, RR2, R1, R2,

RMU Districts, and

Single- and Two-

Family Uses in C1,

C2, C3, C4, and

CMU Districts

Must be screened with

compact hedge or shrubs

or other landscaping

No closer than 2 ft. to side

lot line

No closer than 2 ft. to side

lot line; No closer than 2

ft. to rear lot line if

abutting a residential

property with no

intervening lane

Permitted Signs All Districts Minimum distance to lot line = 5 ft

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Permitted Projections

Permitted Projections Through Maximum Height Limits

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 111

Illustration 17: Permitted Side Yard Projection

An alcove, bay window, or similar building element may project into a required yard. The amount of

projection depends on the zoning district and yard. In most zoning districts, such a projection may extend a

maximum of 2 feet into the yard, provide a total of 20 square feet of interior space, and is limited to a

single storey.

Permitted Projections Through Maximum Height Limits

160. Notwithstanding the maximum height limits established in sections 132 through 159, building

elements, site elements, and other features may project above maximum height limits as shown

in Table 5-8 below. If a projection is not listed for a particular zoning district it is not allowed.

These projections are permissible only:

(1) For structures in any Parks and Recreation zoning districts, the RMF zoning district, any

commercial and institutional zoning district, or any manufacturing zoning district; and

(2) For lots in the A, RR5, RR2, R1, or R2 zoning districts containing a permitted principal

non-residential use.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Parking Spaces Required

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 112

TABLE 5-8: Permitted Projections through Maximum Height Limits

Feature Restrictions on Projection (if any)

Radio, television and parabolic dish receiving antennas of the type

normally used for home radio and television receivers

May not extend higher than 3 1/2 feet above the highest

point on the roof of the principal building. Parabolic

antennas attached to the roof of a building may not extend

higher than 1 1/2 feet above the nearest point on the roof.

Other antennas 30 ft.

Flagpoles, provided that no flagpole is used as a sign or attention-

attracting device. The flag must be of a government and/or a

country.

Maximum 13 ft in residential districts.

Elevator penthouses, other non-habitable penthouses, water

reservoirs, and necessary mechanical appurtenances

Must not extend more than 20 feet above the supporting

roof; penthouses must be used for no purpose other than the

enclosure of tanks, elevators and necessary mechanical

appurtenances; the aggregate area of all penthouses must

not exceed one-third of the area of the supporting roof.

Guard railings and parapets

Must not exceed 5 feet when measured from the roof

Gables, cupolas, skylights, spires, and similar architectural features Must not extend more than 10 feet above the roof

Spires with a cross-section of less than 5 percent of the footprint of

the principal building

The height of the spire may be equal to the height of the

principal building without the spire.

Chimneys and flues

PARKING AND LOADING

Parking Spaces Required

161. (1) Each owner must provide the amounts of accessory off-street parking spaces shown in

Table 5-9 for all principal and accessory uses unless the requirements in that table are

modified by another provision of this By-law.

(2) In the C1 and C2 zoning district, within those areas identified on the Urban Infill Areas

Maps 1 and 2 contained in Schedule C, owners are required to provide the amounts of

accessory off-street parking spaces shown in Table 5-9 only in the event of new

construction, expansion, or redevelopment of the property, but not in the event of a

change in use.

(3) Where Table 5-9 requires the applicant to provide more than 250 off-street automobile

parking spaces, the owner must not provide surface accessory off-street parking spaces

in an amount exceeding 125 percent of the minimum number required. This provision

does not apply to parking class 24 (shopping centres), and does not apply to structured

parking for any use. This provision shall apply at the time of development or

redevelopment of the property; if the tenancy or use of the property is later changed to a

use with lower parking requirements, the fact that surface parking exceeds 125 percent

of the minimum parking requirements of the new use will not create a non-conformity.

(4) Notwithstanding the parking class that would otherwise apply, if the development meets

the definition of a shopping centre, then the requirements of parking class 24 shall apply.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Parking Spaces Required

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 113

TABLE 5-9: General Accessory Parking Requirements

Additional Parking

Requirements

Parking

Category

Use Type Parking Spaces Required

Bicycle

Parking

Sec. 169

Queuing

Spaces

Sec. 170

Advertising Sign

Agricultural cultivation

Agricultural grazing and feeding

Apiary

Aviary

Boat dock, public access

Camping ground

Cemetery, mausoleum, columbarium

Community gardens

Drive-in or drive though

Feedlot

Park/Plaza/Square/Playground

Parking, surface

Parking, structured

Railway yard

Transit station

Utility facility, minor

Wireless communication,

building-mounted tower

Wireless communication,

freestanding tower

Stable or riding academy

No off-street parking required

Dwelling, single-family, detached

Dwelling, two-family

Dwelling, live-work

Mobile home

1 per dwelling unit; maximum of 6

spaces per unit

Housing for multi-family dwellings

managed as communal living facilities

whose residents are likely to have

lower auto ownership, as determined

by the Director

Single room occupancy

1 per 5 dwelling units or beds

Other multi-family 1.5 per dwelling unit. Ten percent of

the required parking spaces must be

unassigned guest parking, designated

as such, to the satisfaction of the

Director, and readily available to the

entrance of the building served.

YES

Dormitory 1 for every 3 bedrooms in a dormitory,

sorority, or fraternity associated with a

college or university

YES

Assisted living facility

Care home

Day care centre

Hospital

Neighbourhood rehabilitation home

1 guest parking space per 10 residents

or resident care beds but not less than

1 space, plus 1 for every 3 employees

on the maximum shift

YES

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Parking Spaces Required

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 114

TABLE 5-9: General Accessory Parking Requirements

Additional Parking

Requirements

Parking

Category

Use Type Parking Spaces Required

Bicycle

Parking

Sec. 169

Queuing

Spaces

Sec. 170

Place of worship

Funeral chapel or mortuary

1 for each 5 seats in the principal

assembly area, but not less than 10

spaces (for parish hall see parking

group 12)

Elementary or junior high school

Senior high school

1 for each 2 faculty members plus 1 for

each 4 employees, plus one for each 10

students for senior high schools

College or university

Commercial school

1 for each 5 classroom seats

YES

Gallery/museum

Library

Bus depot

1 for each 1,000 square feet of gross

floor area, but not less than 2 spaces YES

Airport and associated facilities

All industrial uses

Towing and storage facility

1 for each 1,000 square feet of gross

floor area, but not less than 2 spaces

Amusement enterprise, outdoor

Auditorium/concert hall/theatre/cinema

Race track

Sports or entertainment arena/stadium,

indoor

Sports or entertainment arena/stadium,

outdoor

1 per 6 persons maximum occupancy

load

YES

Amusement enterprise, indoor

Cultural centre

Hall rental

Community/recreation centre

1 for each 100 square feet of floor area

YES

Auction room

Private club, not licensed

1 for each 250 square feet of floor

area, but not less than 4 spaces per

establishment

Commercial marina 2 per boat slip

Golf course

3 per hole or 1 per 100 square feet in

clubhouse, whichever is greater

Hostel

Hotel or motel

2 for every 3 guest rooms plus 1 for

every 8 seats in all auxiliary rooms

including restaurant and drinking

establishments, banquet halls and

meeting rooms

YES

Jail/detention centre

Post office/carrier depot

Protection and emergency services

Social service facility

1 for each 550 square feet, inclusive of

assembly and conference rooms but not

less than 2 spaces

YES

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Parking Spaces Required

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 115

TABLE 5-9: General Accessory Parking Requirements

Additional Parking

Requirements

Parking

Category

Use Type Parking Spaces Required

Bicycle

Parking

Sec. 169

Queuing

Spaces

Sec. 170

Office

Research institution

Studio, radio/TV/motion picture

broadcast and production

1 for each 750 square feet of floor

area, but not less than 2 spaces per

tenant

YES

Call centre 1 for each 400 square feet of floor area

YES

Animal hospital or veterinary clinic

Auto/light truck/motorcycle, repair and

service

Auto/ light truck/motorcycle, sales and

rental

Auto parts and supplies, sales

Kennel

Landscape or garden supplies

Personal services (as shown in Table 4-

1) not listed separately in this table

Restricted uses (as shown in Table 4-1)

not listed separately in this table

Retail sales (as shown in Table 4-1) not

listed separately in this table

Supermarket

1 for each 250 square feet of floor area

over 2,000 square feet (1 space

minimum)

YES

Cheque-cashing facility

Fuel sales

Car wash

Without drive-through facility:

1 for each 330 square feet of floor area

over 2,000 square feet (1 space

minimum);

With drive-through facility:

1 for each 500 square feet of floor area

over 2,000 square feet (1 space

minimum), plus 1 for every 3

employees on the maximum shift

YES YES

Restaurant

Drinking establishment

Without drive-through facility:

1 for each 100 square feet of floor area

With drive-through facility:

1 for each 150 square feet of floor area

YES YES

Utility facility, major 1 for every 5,000 square feet of floor

area

Shopping centre 1 per 250 square feet of floor area, as

reduced by subsections 172(2),

Urban

Infill Areas

(as applicable), and 172(3),

Combination of Uses

, as applicable

YES

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Calculation of Off-Street Parking Requirements

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 116

Calculation of Off-Street Parking Requirements

Fraction of a Parking Space

162. When the computation of the number of accessory off-street parking spaces required by this By-

law results in a requirement of a fractional parking space, any fraction less than one-half of a

parking space may be disregarded, but a fraction of one-half or more of a parking space must be

counted as one parking space.

Requirements Based on Floor Area

163. Where parking requirements are based on the “floor area” of the use, the term “floor area”

means the gross floor area of the premises excluding:

(1) Any area used for parking within the principal building; and

(2) Any area used for incidental service storage, installations of mechanical equipment,

penthouses housing ventilators and heating systems, and similar uses.

Places of Public Assembly

164. In places of public assembly, the following applies:

(1) Where those in attendance occupy benches, pews, or other similar seating facilities, each

20 inches of such seating facilities are counted as 1 seat;

(2) Where both fixed seats and an open assembly area are combined, the requirements for

each must be computed separately and added together; and

(3) Where movable seats or chairs are used in a place of public assembly, and a

determination of seating capacity is required, the said seating capacity must be

determined on the basis of 1 seat for every 6 square feet of assembly area.

Outdoor Dining/Drinking Areas

165. Where a restaurant or drinking establishment provides an outdoor dining/drinking area,

additional accessory off-street parking is not required for that area. The creation or maintenance

of an outdoor dining/drinking area is prohibited where such outdoor dining/drinking area reduces

the number of accessory parking spaces below the minimum number required by Table 5-9.

Parking Area Devoted to Transit Support

166. An existing accessory parking area may be modified to accommodate a transit centre, bus loop,

upgraded bus stop, or park-and-ride facility, even though the result of the modification may

reduce the number of remaining accessory off-street parking spaces below the number required

by Table 5-9.

Accessible Parking Spaces

167. (1) Out of the total number of required off-street parking spaces, the owner must provide a

portion of those spaces so as to be accessible to persons with disabilities. Each such

space:

(a) the width of each required accessible space must be at least 10 feet, and for

every 10 accessible parking spaces required to be provided, at least 1 space

must be a minimum of 8 feet wide and must have an adjacent loading and

manoeuvring area at least 8 feet wide;

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Bicycle Parking

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 117

(b) must be located within 200 feet of major building entrances used by residents,

employees, or the public; and

(2) At least 1 curb ramp must be located within 100 horizontal feet of the auto parking space

closest to each entrance to a principal or accessory building that is not a service

entrance.

Minimum Required Accessible Spaces

168. Except single- and two-family residential dwelling units and mobile home parks, the owner must

provide at least the number of accessible spaces shown in Table 5-10 below, based on the total

minimum number of parking spaces required by Table 5-9.

TABLE 5-10: Accessible Parking Space Requirements

Total Required Parking Spaces

per Table 5-9

Minimum Number of Accessible

Parking Spaces Required

1 to 25 1

26 to 50 2

51 to 75 3

76 to 100 4

101 to 150 5

151 to 200 6

201 to 300 7

301 to 400 8

401 to 500 9

501 to 1,000 2 percent of total

1,001 to over 20, plus 1 for each 100 over 1,000

Bicycle Parking

169. Where Table 5-9 indicates that bicycle parking is required, the owner must provide 1 lockable

bicycle space per 10 required automobile parking spaces. Required bicycle parking must be

located with convenient access to major building entrances.

Vehicle Queuing Spaces

170. (1) In addition to those accessory off-street parking spaces listed in Table 5-9, if any, the

owner of property containing any of the uses listed in the first column of Table 5-11 must

provide the number of automobile queuing spaces indicated in the second column of the

table for any drive-through facility. The location of the queuing spaces is to be

measured from the point indicated in the third column in the table.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Adjustments to Parking Requirements

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 118

TABLE 5-11: Vehicle Queuing Space Requirements

Use Minimum Queuing Spaces Measured From

Car wash – automatic

2 before the entrance to wash, plus one

between vehicle exit from each bay and

the point of vehicular e

ress to the public

street

Car wash – self-service

2 per bay

One before the entrance to each bay,

plus one between vehicle exit from each

bay and the point of vehicular egress to

the public street

Bank or lending institution, cheque-cashing

facility, or automated teller machine (ATM)

with drive-through facility

Teller window or ATM machine

Restaurant with drive-through facility

3 before order box

3 between order box and pick up window

Other use with accessory drive-through facility

2 Pick-Up Window

(2) The owner must provide required vehicle queuing spaces so that no queuing space

blocks or interferes with the smooth flow of traffic to and from (i) required off-street

parking spaces or (ii) the driving aisles providing access to those spaces, or (iii) any

adjacent street or public lane through an approved access point.

(3) Each required queuing space must have minimum dimensions of 16 feet in length and 8

feet in width.

Adjustments to Parking Requirements

171. (1) At the owner’s option, the accessory off-street parking requirements set forth in Table 5-

9 may be adjusted downward through the use of the provisions set forth in this section

171. No adjustment may reduce the total number of accessible parking spaces or bicycle

parking spaces below the number required in sections 168 and 169.

Urban Infill Areas

(2) Within the Urban Infill Areas designated on Maps 1 and 2 in Schedule C, the number of

required off-street parking spaces for the following types of uses designated in Table 4-1

are reduced to 80 percent of the minimum number shown in Table 5-9, provided that (i)

the property currently does not meet the minimum standards for accessory off-street

parking set forth in Table 5-9 above, or (ii) the property is located with frontage on a

public transit route with regular daily service:

(a) “multi-family” uses;

(b) “commercial sales and service” uses;

(d) “cultural and entertainment” uses; or

(e) “industrial” uses.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Development Standards for Parking Areas

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 119

Combination of Uses

(3) Where principal uses from different sub-categories of uses listed in Table 4-1 are located

within a single building (for example: retail and service uses in a hotel or office building,

or offices combined with warehousing uses), the number of parking spaces required is

reduced to 80 percent of the aggregate of the accessory off-street parking spaces

required for each use established on the zoning lot pursuant to Table 5-9. This

adjustment may be combined with the adjustment in clause (2) above if applicable.

Parking Management Plan

(4) An applicant may propose to the Director a parking management plan prepared by a

professional traffic engineer or parking consultant, documenting that a lower amount of

automobile parking is adequate to meet the needs of the proposed use or combination of

uses and to prevent traffic or parking congestion on surrounding streets or public lanes:

because of unique patterns of peak hour use, the proximity of other public parking areas,

proximity to major public transportation routes, or other factors, without the imposition

of additional parking management tools.

(5) If the Director concludes that the proposed parking management plan will provide

automobile parking adequate to meet the needs of the proposed use or combination of

uses and to prevent traffic or parking congestion on surrounding streets and public lanes,

the Director may approve the parking management plan and may reduce the amount of

required off-street parking required to conform with the approved plan.

Development Standards for Parking Areas

172. (1) The following provisions shall apply to all new development after the effective date of

this By-law:

Dimensions of Parking Spaces

(2) The owner must provide all required accessory off-street parking spaces and parking

driveways so that they meet the dimensions and standards shown in Table 5-12, except

for required accessible parking spaces, which must meet the standards of section 167.

Parking space dimensions and driveway widths are determined based on the angle of

parking, shown in the first column.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Development Standards for Parking Areas

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 120

TABLE 5-12: Minimum Required Parking Space Dimensions

Angle of Parking

[note a]

Minimum Dimensions of Parking Space Minimum Parking

Driveway Width

(Ft.)

75 to 90 degrees 20

50 to 74 degrees 18

Less than 50 degrees

8 feet wide by 20 feet long; or 10 feet wide by 18 feet long, or any

combination in between where the sum of the width and length equals

28 feet

7 feet high [note b]

Parallel 8 feet wide by 23 feet long; by 7 feet high [note b, note c]

NOTES:

a. The angle of parking must be measured between the centre line of the parking space and the centre line of the

parking aisle or parking driveway.

b. A maximum of 25 percent of the total number of parking spaces for non-residential uses, and a maximum of 33

percent of the total number of parking spaces for multi-family residential uses, may be reduced in length to 16 feet and

designated for small cars only.

c. Width must be increased to 10 feet if long dimension is immediately adjacent to a fence or wall.

Layout

(3) The owner must provide all required accessory off-street parking spaces and parking

driveways so that they meet the following standards:

(a) an accessory off-street parking area must be provided with a parking driveway

with a minimum width of 8 feet, having access to a street or, where permitted,

to a public lane;

(b) where the sill of a window to a habitable room is located 5 feet or less from

grade, no parking space may be permitted within 10 feet of the window;

spaces, and any parking area will be located more than 200 linear feet from a

sidewalk leading to a principal building entrance, the design of the parking area

must incorporate pedestrian walkways between each such area and either a

provided sidewalk or the building entrance. Required pedestrian walkways must

be:

(i) designed to minimize the need for pedestrians to cross parking aisles or

to walk behind parked cars on the parking surface; and

(ii) designated through the use of colours, textures, materials, or grade

elevations that differ from the automobile parking surface;

(d) parking areas must be designed to avoid the creation of isolated parking spaces

in which an automobile cannot be seen from either:

(i) an entrance to the principal building; or

(ii) from at least 2 other parking spaces located more than 50 feet away

from the subject space; (See Illustration 18.)

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Development Standards for Parking Areas

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 121

Illustration 18: Parking Visibility

For safety reasons, isolated parking spots are not permitted. All spaces must be visible from a

building entrance or from other spaces located 50 feet or more away from the subject space. In

this example, the spaces on the side of the building are permitted because they can be seen from

other spaces in the lot.

(e) the owner must provide every parking space perpendicular and adjacent to a

fence or a required landscaped yard or berm with either:

(i) A wheel stop located at least 2½ feet from the front limit of the parking

space; or

(ii) A bumper guard fence located along the front limit of the said parking

space.

Surfacing

(4) The following standards apply to the surfacing of required parking areas:

(a) the owner must provide all required parking areas and driveways accessory to

single and two-family dwellings with an all-weather, adequately drained, hard

surface of compacted crushed stone, asphalt, concrete, paving stones, or similar

materials approved by the City, constructed and maintained so loose material is

not dislodged and thrown or carried onto adjoining public streets or lanes.

(b) the owner must surface all required parking areas and driveways accessory to all

other uses and all non-accessory parking areas, with asphalt, concrete, paving

stones, or other surface approved by the City.

Landscaping

(5) All required parking spaces accessory to a multi-family residential or a non-residential use

must comply with the requirements of sections 188 through 193,

Landscaping and

Buffering

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Development Standards for Parking Areas

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 122

Lighting

(6) All required parking spaces accessory to a multi-family residential or a non-residential use

must comply with the lighting requirements of sections 199 through 204,

Lighting

Principal Use Parking Areas

(7) Principal use parking areas that do not comply with the provisions of subsections (2), (3),

or (4) above regarding surfacing, landscaping, or lighting, must comply with those

standards no later than 5 years following the effective date of this By-law.

Additional Standards for Single- and Two-Family Dwellings

(8) (a) in any zoning district, the owner must limit parking accessory to single and two-

family dwellings to a maximum of 6 vehicles, which may include:

(i) a maximum of 4 passenger vehicles;

(ii) a maximum of 1 travel trailer or 1 motor home; and

(iii) a maximum of 1 truck having a registered gross vehicle weight less than

15,000 lbs.; and

(iv) with conditional use approval, a maximum of 1 truck with a registered

gross vehicle weight greater than 15,000 lbs., provided that the truck (a)

is parked further from the street than the front wall of the structure, and

(b) is either parked in an enclosed structure or shielded from view from

adjacent properties through the use of landscaping meeting the side and

rear yard buffering requirements of sections 183 through 193,

Landscaping and Buffering

(b) a maximum of 2 vehicles may be parked on a driveway leading to a parking

space in the principal building or in a side or rear yard.

trailer, or motor home may be parked on a driveway leading to a parking space

in the principal building or in a side or rear yard.

Vehicle Display Areas

(9) If a parking area is used as a vehicle display area for the exhibition, sale, or rental of

automobiles, light trucks, motorcycles, boats, recreational vehicles, off-road vehicles, or

similar items, the owner must comply with the following additional provisions. In the

event of a conflict between these provisions and the provisions of subsection (1) through

(6) above, these provisions govern:

(a) a bumper guard fence not exceeding 27 inches and not less than 18 inches in

height must be erected where the display area abuts upon a public right-of-way

or an adjacent property; or

(b) a post-and-chain fence not exceeding 4 feet and not less than 2 feet in height

must be erected where the display area abuts upon a public right-of-way or an

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Parking and Loading

Loading Spaces Required

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 123

adjacent property, and wheel stops must be located at least 2½ feet inside the

said fence.

the fence is set back 10 feet from the lot line, public right-of- way or an adjacent

property.

Loading Spaces Required

173. In Table 5-13, uses listed in the first column must provide off-street loading spaces. The number

of required spaces is dependent on the size of the use, measured in floor area, as shown in the

second column. The owner of each property containing any of those uses must provide and

maintain accessory off-street loading spaces in accordance with the third column of Table 5-13:

TABLE 5-13: Minimum Accessory On-Site Loading Space Requirements

Use Floor Area Number of Loading Spaces Required

Less than 10,000 square feet 0

10,000 square feet to 199, 999 square

feet

College or university

Library

Museum

Private club, not licensed

Places of worship

Assisted living facility

200,000 square feet or more

1 additional for each 200,000 square feet

or fraction thereof in excess of 200,000

square feet

Less than 20,000 square feet 0

20,000 square feet to 199,999 square

feet

Cheque-cashing facility

Commercial school

Hall rental

Medical/dental/optical/counselling

clinic

Office

Personal service uses

Research institution

200,000 square feet or more

1 additional for each 200,000 square feet

or fraction thereof in excess of 200,000

square feet

Less than 10,000 square feet 0

10,000 square feet to 199,999 square

feet

Auditorium/concert

hall/theatre/cinema

Funeral chapel or mortuary

Hospital

Sports or entertainment

arena/stadium, indoor

200,000 square feet or more

1 additional for each 100,000 square feet

or fraction thereof in excess of 100,000

square feet

Less than 20,000 square feet 1

20,000 square feet to 359,999 square

feet

60,000 square feet to 799,999 square

feet

Uses not elsewhere classified and

primarily concerned with the

handling of goods

100,000 square feet or more

1 additional for each 50,000 square feet

or fraction thereof in excess of 8

100,000

square feet

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Development Standards for Loading Spaces

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 124

Development Standards for Loading Spaces

Dimensions of Loading Spaces

174. The owner must provide all required accessory off-street loading spaces so that they meet the

dimensional standards in Table 5-14 below.

TABLE 5-14: Required Loading Space Dimensions

Uses Minimum

Length

(Feet)

[note a]

Minimum

Width

(Feet)

Minimum

Vertical

Clearance from

Floor or Grade

(Feet)

Uses listed in Table 5-13 and not classified as

“commercial” or “industrial” uses in Table 4-1.

25 10 14

Uses listed in Table 4-1 as “commercial sales and service”

or “industrial” uses, but excluding those classified in

Table 4-1 as “manufacturing and production” or

“warehouse and freight movement” uses

50 12 14

“Manufacturing and production” or “warehouse and

freight movement” uses

33 12 14

NOTES:

a. The dimensions of the accessory off-street loading spaces must not include driveways, entrances, or exits from such accessory

off-street loading spaces.

Loading Area Surfacing

175. All off-street loading areas must be surfaced with asphalt, concrete, paving stones, or other

impervious surface approved by the Director.

Loading Area Lighting

176. All required loading spaces must comply with the lighting requirements of sections 199 through

204,

Lighting

Parking and Loading Spaces after Reconstruction

177. For any structure or use in existence on the effective date of this By-law that is subsequently

damaged or destroyed, and which is reconstructed, re-established, or repaired, accessory off-

street parking or loading spaces maintained at the time of such damage or destruction must be

restored or continued in operation except that, if the original parking or loading spaces were

provided in numbers or dimensions greater than that required by this By-law, restored or

continued parking spaces may meet the minimum requirements contained in this By-law.

SIGNS

General Provisions

178. The following standards apply to signs:

Compliance with Sign Regulations Required

(1) No person may commence or cause to be commenced on site the construction, erection,

alteration, relocation, or repair, other than normal maintenance, of any sign, except in

compliance with the provisions of sections 178 through 187,

Signs

, unless exempted by

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Signs Not Subject to this By-law

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 125

this By-law. For purposes of this subsection (1), normal maintenance includes a change

of sign copy if the sign face is damaged.

Development Permit Required

(2) No person may commence or cause to be commenced on site the construction, erection,

alteration, relocation, or repair, other than normal maintenance, of any sign, unless a

development permit has been approved, or unless exempted by this By-law.

Unspecified Signs

(3) The Director may permit signs of types that are not specified in this By-law under the

sign type regulations that most nearly reflect the characteristics of the unspecified sign,

as determined by the Director.

Abandoned Signs

(4) When an owner of a sign can no longer be located and the sign no longer correctly

directs attention to or includes any person, advertising of a business, lessor, owner,

product or activity conducted, or product available, on the premises where such a sign is

displayed, the Director may serve notice on the owner of the land that either the copy

area of the sign or the sign itself be removed.

Adjacent Lots in Related Use

(5) Where adjacent lots are in related use, the lots have cross-access easements and/or

shared parking agreements so that they have the appearance and function of a single lot

development, signage that is accessory to a principal use on any of the lots will not be

considered advertising signage simply because it is erected on another of the lots.

Signs Not Subject to this By-law

179. The following types of signs are not subject to the provisions of this By-law:

(1) Signs installed by the City for traffic control, public transit, parking, street names and

direction;

(2) Street decorations installed by or authorized by the City;

(3) Signs required to be erected or maintained by law or governmental order;

(4) Window signs, unless such signs occupy more than 30 percent of the window surface on

any façade of the principal building in which case they are treated as fascia signs; and

(5) Election signs during Federal, Provincial, Municipal, and School Board election periods

and up to 7 days after the election.

Signs Permitted in All Districts Without a Development Permit

180. An owner may erect or maintain the following signs in all zoning districts without first obtaining a

development permit, provided such signs are not illuminated, flashing, scintillating or animated,

unless otherwise noted:

(1) Official public notice signs;

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Signs Permitted in Accessory Off-Street Parking and Loading Areas

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 126

(2) One fascia or free-standing real estate sign, per zoning lot (i.e., for sale or lease sign),

illuminated or non-illuminated, not exceeding 32 square feet in sign surface area, with a

maximum height of 12 feet. The sign must be removed within 15 days of conclusion of

the purpose for which the sign is erected;

(3) Non-illuminated construction signs not exceeding 108 square feet in total sign surface

area, to be located within the zoning lot, or attached to a fence or hoarding, with a

maximum height of 12 feet. The sign must be permitted from the date a development

application is made until 80 percent of the building(s) is/are occupied, or a Zoning

Compliance Certificate is issued confirming compliance with all rules, agreements and

orders;

(4) Temporary signs not exceeding 32 square feet in sign surface area or banners related to

civic, non-commercial health, safety or welfare campaigns or to campaigns by

educational or religious organizations, with a maximum height of 12 feet. The signs

must be removed within 15 days following the date of the event and the signs are not

erected earlier than the official date of the commencement of the above campaigns;

(5) Non-advertising memorial signs, commemorative plaques and corner-stones of bronze,

brass, stone or other non-combustible materials when built into or attached to the walls

of a building or other structure provided they bear only the name of the owner, the name

and use of the building, the date of erection of the building and/or reading matter

commemorating a person or event;

(6) Bulletin boards not exceeding 18 square feet in sign surface area;

(7) For a single-family dwelling and each dwelling unit of a two-family dwelling, one

illuminated or non-illuminated fascia sign up to a maximum of 2 square feet in sign

surface area indicating the address, name of occupant, or a permitted use;

(8) For each use other than a single- or two-family dwelling, one identification fascia sign

with illuminated or non-illuminated letters or logo, up to a total of 4 square feet in sign

surface area identifying the civic address and the name of the building; and

(9) Any sign that cannot be seen from off the premises.

Signs Permitted in Accessory Off-Street Parking and Loading Areas

181. The owner may erect and maintain the following types of signs for accessory off-street parking

areas in the RMF zoning district, the commercial and institutional zoning districts, and the

manufacturing zoning districts, and on any lot containing a permitted non-residential principal

use in the A, RR5, RR2, R1, and R2 zoning districts:

(1) One illuminated or non-illuminated sign designating each entrance and exit, limited to a

maximum of 6 square feet in sign surface area per sign and a maximum height of 6½

feet above curb or grade; and

(2) Illuminated or non-illuminated directional signs for control of traffic movement; limited to

a maximum of 6 square feet in sign surface area and a maximum height of 6½ feet

above curb or grade; and

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Regulations for Specific Types of Signs

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 127

(3) Illuminated or non-illuminated parking area sign or signs identifying the parking area and

setting forth the rules governing the use of a parking area (i.e., "No Parking," "Public

Parking," "Private Parking," etc.), limited to a maximum of 6 square feet in sign surface

area and a maximum height of 6½ feet above curb or grade; and

(4) Warning signs, provided that the sign surface area must not exceed 6 square feet.

Regulations for Specific Types of Signs

182. The following standards apply only to the specific types of signs listed below:

Signs Obstructing Views

(1) No sign, including a mobile sign, may be erected, re-erected, or altered that may

interfere with, obstruct the view of, or be confused with any authorized traffic signal,

warning sign, or other regulatory or information device.

Flashing, Animated, Scintillating, Rotating, and Electronic Message Board

Signs

(2) (a) flashing, animated, or scintillating signs, rotating signs or beacons, and

electronic message boards are not permitted in any zoning district except the C2,

C3, C4, CMU, MMU, M1, M2 and M3, zoning districts.

(b) a Conditional Use Order is required for the erection of a flashing, animated or

scintillating sign that has copy height of more than 9 inches, or any rotating sign

or beacon.

electronic message boards are not permitted on mobile signs.

(d) no electronic message board may be located within 100 feet of a pedestrian

crosswalk/corridor or controlled intersection.

Illuminated Signs in Certain Yards

(3) No owner may place an illuminated sign, in a yard in a commercial and institutional or

manufacturing zoning district that abuts a lot line in an agricultural or residential district,

or on a wall overlooking such a lot line.

Roof Signs

(4) Roof signs, other than signs on mansard style roofs, are not permitted. On mansard

roofs, roof signs may be attached to the sloping portions of the roof, but must not

extend beyond the parapet height, and must not be located on the horizontal portion of

the roof.

Fascia Signs

(5) Fascia signs may have an emblem, logo, or other unique features projecting above the

building wall if the sign projection is not more than 2 feet above the building wall or

parapet wall and the total projection does not exceed 25 square feet. The area of the

projection must be counted towards the total sign area allowed.

Freestanding Signs

(6) Up to 10 percent of the maximum permitted sign area of any freestanding sign may be

installed on the support structure for the sign face.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Accessory Signs

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 128

Projecting Signs

(7) The minimum height above-grade to the bottom edge of projecting signs must be 8.5

feet.

Accessory Signs

183. The owner may erect and maintain accessory signs to all sites and uses other than single- and

two-family dwellings, and excepting advertising signs, subject to the following standards:

Location

(1) Each free-standing accessory sign must be set back from each side lot line of an

adjoining use, and/or from the centre line of an abutting right-of-way, a distance equal

to at least 50 percent of the height of that sign.

District-Specific Regulations

(2) All signs, accessory to any use, must be consistent with the standards shown in Table 5-

15. In Table 5-15, the first column indicates a zoning district or districts. The second

column indicates the sign type. The third and fourth columns indicate dimensional

requirements for each sign type. Signs must comply with all dimensional standards

applicable to the zoning district where the property is located.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Mobile Signs

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 129

TABLE 5-15: District-Specific Sign Regulations

District Type

[note a]

Maximum Height Permitted Surface Area Per

Zoning Lot

Free-standing 25 feet above grade 100 sq. ft. A

Attached to building

Wall height 25% of building wall

Free-standing or attached to

building

20 feet for lot containing a

permitted non-residential

principal use

48 sq. ft. per lot containing a

permitted non-residential

principal use [note c]

RR5, RR2, R1, R2

Attached to building Wall height 1.5 sq. ft. per dwelling unit

Free-standing 8 feet above grade [note b]

48 sq. ft.

maximum [note c]

PR1, RMF, RMU, RMH

Attached to building

wall height 25% of building wall -- 48 sq.

ft. maximum

Free-standing 8 feet above grade [note b] 48 sq. ft. maximum [note c] PR2, PR3, C1, M1, MP

Attached to building Wall height 25% of building wall maximum

Free-standing 20 feet above grade 1.25 sq. ft. per foot of frontage

to a maximum of 323 sq. ft.

EI, C2, CMU, MMU, M2, M3

Attached to building

Wall height 25% of building wall maximum

Free-standing 30 feet above grade 1.25 sq. ft. per foot of frontage

to a maximum of 323 sq. ft.

per frontage [note d]

C3, C4

Attached to building Wall height 25% of building wall maximum

NOTES:

a. Signs "attached to buildings" include fascia signs, projecting signs, awning signs, marquee signs, and canopy signs.

b. Maximum height of a sign accessory to a school or community centre is 20 feet

c. Maximum sign surface area of a sign accessory to a school, community centre or religious institution is 100 square feet if a

bulletin board is included.

d. No individual sign may exceed a sign surface area of 323 square feet.

Mobile Signs

184. (1) An owner of property may only place, maintain, or permit the placement or maintenance

of mobile signs on the owner’s property if the placement and maintenance of such

signs complies with the provisions of this section:

Permit Required

(2) (a) an owner, agent, firm, corporation or person having charge or control of a

mobile sign must not locate, erect, place or display a mobile sign on a zoning lot,

a lot or a site, unless:

(i) the mobile sign has an identification number issued by the Director

permanently affixed to the end of the sign between a height of between

3 feet and 6 feet above grade; and

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Mobile Signs

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 130

(ii) a mobile sign permit has been issued by the Director for that numbered

sign setting out the expiry date of that permit.

(b) a mobile sign must be removed from a zoning lot, a lot, or a site upon the expiry

date of the mobile sign permit.

the owner/agent of the sign upon application by that owner/agent and payment

of the fee prescribed by the

Planning, Development and Building Fees By-law

166/2004

(d) each type of mobile sign approved by the City must display a certification sticker

issued by the City of Winnipeg Planning, Property and Development Department.

(e) no mobile sign shall be permitted on the same zoning lot as an electronic

message board sign.

Length of Time for Display

Flags, Banners, and Inflatable Signs

(3) (a) subject to issuance of a mobile sign permit, an owner may locate or erect either a

flag, a banner, or an inflatable sign (but not more than one of them) on a zoning lot, a

lot, or a site for a period not exceeding 14 consecutive days. Subject to the issuance of

a mobile sign permit, 1 mobile sign in this category may be located or erected for not

more than two 14-day periods during each calendar year.

Other Mobile Signs

(b) subject to issuance of a mobile sign permit, an owner may locate or erect a

mobile sign that is not a flag, an inflatable sign, or a banner on a zoning lot, a

lot, or a site for a period not exceeding 90 consecutive days. Subject to the

issuance of a mobile sign permit, 1 mobile sign in this category may be located

or erected for not more than three 90-day periods during each calendar year.

Spacing and Maximum Number of Signs

(4) No property owner may erect more than 1 mobile sign per use on a zoning lot or site.

The maximum number of mobile signs on any zoning lot or site at any one time may not

exceed 2, regardless of the number of individual uses located on that zoning lot or site.

Maximum Sign Surface Area

(5) No owner may erect a mobile sign that does not meet the following standards for

maximum sign surface area:

(a) a mobile sign that is a flag, an inflatable sign, or a banner, is not subject to a

maximum sign size limit; and

(b) a mobile sign that is not a flag, an inflatable sign, or a banner, is 64 square feet.

Height

(6) No owner may erect a mobile sign except flags, banners and inflatable signs that do not

meet the following standards for maximum height:

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Mobile Signs

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 131

(a) the maximum allowed height of a mobile sign is 8 feet measured from grade to

the highest part of the sign.

Location

(7) A mobile sign must be contained within the zoning lot on which it is located, not

encroaching within any right-of-way, with the exception of the frontage on Nairn Avenue

between Watt Street and the east limit of Panet Road, where the applicable district

regulations apply. Additionally, all such signs must comply with the following standards:

(a) a mobile sign on a lot in a commercial and institutional or manufacturing zoning

district that abuts any agricultural or residential zoning district must be located in

accordance with the yard requirements of the abutting residential district;

(b) a mobile sign is permitted in the agricultural zoning district only in association

with a permitted non-residential use;

of any exit or entrance driveway giving access to a lot;

(d) mobile signs located on adjacent lots must be separated from each other by a

minimum of 65 feet, measured along the street right-of-way, unless the

narrowness of lot frontages or other restrictions in this By-law make that

separation impossible, in which case the 2 signs must be separated as far as

reasonably possible;

(e) a mobile sign must not be placed within any part of any landscaped area

required under a Zoning Agreement, including any schedule thereto, or under a

Variance Order or a Conditional Use Order executed or made under

The City of

Winnipeg Charter

;

(f) notwithstanding clauses (a) through (b) above, in any zoning district, a school,

government building, a community club, park, golf course, curling club, or a

church may display one mobile sign on a zoning lot, a lot, or a site under its

control for a maximum of 14 consecutive days for the advertisement of a special

event. Subject to the issuance of a mobile sign permit, one mobile sign in this

category may be located or erected for not more than two 14-day periods during

each calendar year; and

(g) off-site mobile signs are permitted in all commercial and institutional and

manufacturing districts except the C1, CMU, and MMU districts.

Materials and Construction

(8) The sign surface of a mobile sign must be adequately covered or the letters permanently

affixed to prevent the letters from being moved to alter the wording of the sign without

the consent of the owner of the sign.

(9) All lettering shall be either black on a white sign background, or white on a black sign

background within one year from the effective date of this By-law.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Measurement of Sign Surface Area

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 132

Measurement of Sign Surface Area

Signs Attached to Building

185. Sign surface area is calculated as follows for signs attached to a building:

(1) Sign surface area includes the entire area of the smallest rectangle that encloses the

extreme limits of any writing, representation or emblem forming part of the display, and

also includes 10 percent of the area of the wall outside of that rectangle where a colour

or material is applied that is a colour or material in that fascia sign (see Illustration 19);

sign surface area =

smallest rectangle

enclosing writing or

other symbols

additional 10% of wall area

included in surface area if

colour of wall is the same as a

colour used in the sign

sign surface area =

smallest rectangle

enclosing writing or

other symbols

additional 10% of wall area

included in surface area if

colour of wall is the same as a

colour used in the sign

Illustration 19: Surface Area for Signs Attached to Buildings

(2) Sign surface area does not include non-illuminated signs visible through windows in the

building façade, provided that such signs do not exceed 30 percent of the glazed surface

on any façade of the building. Allowable window signage is not transferable to the

glazed surface on another façade of the building;

(3) In calculating wall area for purposes of determining maximum sign surface area, only the

first 3 storeys or 45 feet (whichever is lower) of the building may be used. Allowable

sign surface area is not transferable to another wall;

(4) Reado-graph or bulletin board sign areas are not included in calculation of sign surface

area provided that they comply with the following:

(a) are a maximum of 25 percent of the overall size of the sign;

(b) incorporate the same background color as the sign;

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Measurement of Sign Surface Area

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 133

(d) are designed as an integral part of the sign (not an add on).

Free-Standing and Mobile Signs

186. Sign surface area is calculated as follows for free-standing and mobile signs:

(1) Sign surface area includes the entire area of the smallest rectangle that encloses the

extreme limits of any writing or symbol, background colour or material, and any

embellishment of the supporting structure forming part of the display;

(2) Sign surface area includes the total area of all faces exhibited or intended for display,

except where two faces are parallel and located back-to-back, sign surface area includes

the area of only one such face, and if the two parallel, back-to-back faces are not equal,

then the sign surface area is the larger of such faces (see Illustration 20);

(3) The maximum allowed surface area for free-standing signs is not transferable to any

frontage other than that from which its maximum size was calculated pursuant to Table

5-15,

District-Specific Sign Regulations

;

(4) Reado-graph or bulletin board sign areas are not included in calculation of sign surface

area provided that they comply with the following:

(a) is a maximum of 25 percent of the overall size of the sign;

(b) incorporates the same background color as the sign;

(d) is designed as an integral part of the sign (not an add on).

ABAB

Illustration 20: Surface Area Measurement for Freestanding Signs

The two sides of sign “A” are back-to-back but are not parallel. As such, both sides are included in the

surface area calculation. The two sides of sign “B” intended to include copy (the larger faces) are back-to-

back and parallel. As such, only one side is included in the surface area calculation.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Signs

Measurement of Sign Surface Area

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 134

Three-Dimensional Sign

187. When a three-dimensional sign has no easily measurable faces the sign surface area of said sign

is half the sum of the area of the vertical faces of the smallest right-angled rectangle

encompassing the sign. (See Illustration 21).

Illustration 21: Three Dimensional Sign

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Landscaping and Buffering

Intent

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 135

LANDSCAPING AND BUFFERING

Intent

188. The intent of sections 188 through 193,

Landscaping and Buffering

, is to specify landscaping and

buffering requirements for all land uses except single- and two-family residential dwelling units

and mobile home parks, and to provide for landscape techniques to achieve compatibility

between abutting and adjacent uses, including public and private streets. These regulations are

designed to provide flexibility, taking into account the high percentage of already-developed

properties and the wide variation in the size of existing lots.

General Landscaping and Buffering Standard

Landscape Plan Required

189. (1) A landscaping plan must be submitted as a part of any development application subject

to this section, unless the Director determines that compliance with the provisions of

these sections 188 through 193 can be documented without the use of such a plan.

Each landscaping plan must comply with the provisions of this section 189. A

landscaping plan may be combined with other required application materials if

compliance with this section 189 can be clearly demonstrated in the combined materials.

Plant Materials

(2) (a) plant material must be able to withstand local climatic conditions.

(b) plant material must be No. 1 Grade Nursery Stock, supplied and installed in

conformance with the latest edition of Canadian Nursery Landscape Association

“Canadian Standards for Nursery Stock”.

species.

Minimum Plant Sizes

(3) Plant materials must comply with the following:

(a) deciduous trees located within 5 feet of a walkway, path, or pathway: 2½ inch

caliper, and of species that normally have lower branches at least 6 feet above

grade at maturity.

(b) deciduous trees not located within 5 feet of a walkway, path, or pathway: 1¾

inch caliper.

(d) all shrubs: 2 gallon container, and of species that can remain healthy when

trimmed so as to maintain a height of not more than 30 inches at maturity.

(e) groundcover, annuals, and perennials: no minimum size.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Landscaping and Buffering

Landscaping and Buffering Required

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 136

Avoiding Interference with Traffic/Pedestrian Safety

(4) All required plantings must comply with the following:

(a) all required plantings within 30 linear feet of an intersection between any

combination of public streets, public lanes, railroad rights-of-way, or driveways

(except those accessory to single-and two-family dwellings) must be limited to

species that will not block sightlines between persons on such public streets,

public lanes, railroad rights-of-way, or driveways, between a height of 30 inches

and a height of 6 feet above grade; and

(5) Required landscape or buffer areas must not be used to accommodate accessory off-

street parking or loading, storage of materials, or commercial or industrial activities of

any kind.

Landscaping and Buffering Required

Requirement

190. (1) The following areas of each lot must be landscaped by the owner pursuant to the

standards of this section. In the event that standards for the landscaping of two or more

of the following areas overlap, or are inconsistent, the standard requiring more

landscaping governs.

Street Edge Landscaping

(2) All required or voluntary yards must contain a minimum of one deciduous or coniferous

tree for each 30 feet of linear street frontage, plus 3 shrubs for each 20 feet of linear

street frontage.

(3) Required trees may be clustered to provide visual interest as long as other requirements

of this By-law are met.

(4) Lot frontage areas occupied by curb cuts or driveways must be included when calculating

linear frontage planting requirements, and any trees that would otherwise be required in

such areas must be planted in remaining lot frontage areas unless prohibited by

minimum spacing requirements for the species being used.

Building Foundation Landscaping

(5) Outside of the Urban Infill Areas, as shown on Maps 1 and 2 in Schedule C, building

foundation landscaping is required for all principal buildings. At least 1 shrub must be

planted per each 10 lineal feet of each façade facing a public right-of-way or containing a

principal building entrance. Foundation plantings may be clustered to provide interest.

Foundation planting is not required along any portion of the sides or rears of buildings.

(See Illustration 22).

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Landscaping and Buffering

Landscaping and Buffering Required

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 137

Illustration 22: Building Foundation Landscaping

Parking Lot Interior Landscaping

(6) The following landscaping of areas internal to parking lots is required for all parking

areas within the Urban Infill Areas, as shown on Maps 1 and 2 in Schedule C that contain

more than 50 automobile parking spaces and all parking areas outside the Urban Infill

Areas having more than 20 automobile parking spaces:

(a) in addition to landscaping installed to meet any other requirements of this

section, 5 percent of the gross parking lot area must be landscaped;

(b) one tree must be provided for each 300 square feet of parking lot interior

landscape area within the area required in subsection (6)(a) above; and one

shrub must be installed for each 100 square feet of parking lot interior landscape

area within the area required in subsection (6)(a) above;

expanse of pavement;

(d) where landscaping is provided within landscape islands, those islands must be a

minimum of 5 feet wide; and

(e) required trees and shrubs within a required landscaped area may be clustered to

create visual interest.

Side and Rear Site Edge Buffering

(7) A landscaped buffer must be installed along side or rear lot lines to reduce the impacts of

traffic movements, light, noise, dust, and odours on adjacent properties in the following

two situations:

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Landscaping and Buffering

Preservation of Existing Trees

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 138

Buffering of Residential Uses from Non-Residential Impacts

(a) a landscaped buffer must be installed where a side or rear lot line of a lot in a

commercial or institutional or manufacturing zoning district abuts a lot in a

single, two-family or multi-family residential zoning district. The required buffer

must comply with Option 1 or Option 2 below:

(i) Option 1: Site edge buffering must have a landscaped area with at least

1 deciduous or coniferous tree for every 35 linear feet of lot line and 3

shrubs per 20 linear feet of lot line where the abutting condition exists.

A landscaped berm a minimum of 2½ feet in height with a rise-to-run

ratio not exceeding 1:3 may be integrated into this option. The height of

planted materials (together with any berm provided) must be at least 6

feet in height at the time of planting.

(ii) Option 2: Site edge buffering must include an opaque wall, berm, fence

and/or dense vegetative screen with a minimum combined height of 6

feet. If a vegetative screen is proposed, it must be at least 6 feet in

height at the time of planting. If a wall or fence is used the maximum

continuous horizontal length of any section is 48 feet, at the end of

which a landscaped strip of a minimum length of 16 feet, a minimum

depth of 4 feet, and with shrubs a minimum height of 2½ feet must be

provided.

(b) regardless of which option is chosen, required trees and shrubs within a required

landscaped area may be clustered to create visual interest.

Buffering of Parking and Loading Areas

(8) A landscaped buffer must be installed when a parking or loading area accessory to any

use, other than a single- or two-family residential use, is located within 20 feet of a side

or rear lot line abutting a residential zoning district.

(9) Buffering of a parking or loading area may comply with either Option 1 or Option 2 in

clause (7)(a) above, but the required minimum height of any wall, fence, berm, or

combination of a wall, fence, or berm must be 4 feet rather than 6 feet.

Preservation of Existing Trees

Incentive

191. The owner shall receive credit against the amount of landscaping material otherwise required by

section 190 for each healthy mature tree over 2½ inches diameter at breast height (DBH)

preserved on the site. The credit for preserved trees is determined based on the size of the

preserved tree, as shown in Table 5-16, below. Credit for preserved trees must not result in any

reduction of trees planted in street frontage landscaping unless the preserved trees are located

within 20 feet of the front lot line.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Fences and Screening

Installation

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 139

TABLE 5-16: Tree Preservation Credits

Caliper of Preserved Tree (in inches) Number of Required Trees Credited

Over 12 inches 6

8 inches to 11.9 inches 4

2.5 inches to 7.9 inches 2

Installation

192. The owner must install required landscaping and buffering in conformance with the following

standards:

(1) Installation of required landscaping and buffering is required before issuance of a zoning

compliance certificate for the principal building unless climate or weather conditions

make installation impractical.

(2) Where, due to climate or weather conditions, it is impractical to install required

landscaping before construction on the principal building has been completed, the

Director may authorize a delay in installation until no later than the following June 30.

Maintenance

193. The owner must maintain required landscaping and buffering areas in conformance with the

following standards:

(1) The owner must maintain all landscaping and buffering areas required by this By-law free

from refuse and debris and with a neat appearance, and must maintain plant materials,

including lawns and naturalized landscaping, in a healthy growing condition. The owner

must replace any plant material required by this section that dies or becomes diseased.

(2) The owner must maintain street edge landscaping and parking lot interior landscaping

between a height of 30 inches and a height of 6 feet above grade to preserve sightlines

between public streets and adjacent properties, except where a fence has been erected.

(3) The owner must maintain each required landscape or buffer area with adequate drainage

in order to prevent the accumulation of standing water, and must maintain drainage

features free of refuse and debris so as to allow water to drain freely.

(4) The owner must maintain all landscaping to avoid encroachment onto pedestrian

walkways and to maintain a minimum clear distance of 7 feet above all pedestrian

walkways.

FENCES AND SCREENING

194. The owner may erect and maintain fences, hedges, trees, shrubs, arbours, trellises, and similar

landscape features in all yards, provided that (i) no electric fences or barbed wire fences are

erected or maintained except as provided for in Table 5-17, and (ii) the fences, hedges, trees,

shrubs, arbours, trellises, and similar landscape features comply with the standards of sections

194 through 198.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Fences and Screening

Maximum Height Permitted

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 140

Maximum Height Permitted

195. The owner may only erect and maintain fences, hedges, trees, shrubs, arbours, trellises, and

similar landscape features that comply with the standards set forth in Table 5-17. The number in

each cell represents the maximum permissible height in feet for fences, hedges, trees, shrubs,

arbours, trellises, and similar landscape features depending on which area of the lot in which it is

located, set out in the column on the far left, and the zoning district in which the lot is located,

set out in the row at the top of the table. Notes describe special conditions that must be met.

TABLE 5-17: Maximum Height in all Voluntary or Required Yards

Zoning District

Manufacturing

(feet)

[Note c]

Yard Agricultural

(feet)

[Note a, c]

Park

(feet)

[Note b, c]

Residential

(feet)

[Notes a, c]

Commercial

and

Institutional

(feet)

[Notes a, c]

MMU

Other

[Note d]

Front yard 4 10 4 4 4 10

Side yard 6.5 10 6.5 6.5 6.5 10

Rear yard 6.5 10 6.5 6.5 6.5 10

NOTES:

a. If accessory to a school or park site, the maximum permitted height is 10 feet.

b. Chain link fences accessory to school or park sites are exempt from this limit.

c. Entrance gates are permitted to a maximum of 13 feet in height.

d. Two feet of barbed wire may be added to the top of such fences, for a total height of 12 feet.

Fence Materials and Design

196. (1) No person may erect or maintain a fence or wall made of debris, junk, or waste

materials.

(2) Where fences for a non-residential use are placed on a side or rear lot line of a non-

residential use where a residential use abuts any other type of zoning district, the side of

the fence with the more “finished” appearance (generally the side with fewer supporting

structures or bracing) must face the residential use.

Screening of Outside Storage Required

197. (1) On any lot that (i) contains any use other than a single- or two-family dwelling unit, and

(ii) abuts a lot containing a residential use, all permitted storage of materials, inventory,

and products must be:

(a) within a completely enclosed building; or

(b) effectively screened from the view of the residential buildings by (a) an opaque

fence or masonry wall at least 6 feet in height, or (b) a chain link fence with

plastic slats at least 6 feet in height, or (c) a chain link fence bordered by

coniferous trees and shrubs with an expected mature height at least equal to the

height of the fence. The stored materials, inventory, or products within the

enclosure must not exceed the height of the enclosure. The wall or fence must

be maintained in good repair at all times, to the satisfaction of the Director.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Lighting

Maintenance

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 141

(2) In addition, in all zoning districts, any outside storage must comply with the following

additional standards:

(a) if the outside storage area is used only for outside storage, and not for

operations and maintenance related to the use or property, the outside storage

area must be located to the rear of a line adjacent to and parallel with the front

wall of the principal building;

(b) if the outside storage area is also used for operations and maintenance related to

the use or the property, then the outside storage area must be located to the

rear of a line adjacent to and parallel with the rear wall of the principal building;

300 feet of the boundary of any residential zoning district.

(d) outside storage is not permitted in any required yard

(3) In the M3 zoning district, areas used for storage compounds may be surfaced with

asphalt, concrete, paving stones, other impervious surface approved by the Director, or

gravel, provided that all entrance and exit driveways and driving aisles are surfaced with

the same materials as the streets to which the compound has access.

Maintenance

198. (1) The owner must maintain all screening required by this By-law free from refuse and

debris and with a neat appearance, and if live materials are used then such materials

must be maintained in a healthy growing condition. The owner must replace any live

plant material used for screening that dies or becomes diseased.

(2) The owner must maintain each required screening area with adequate drainage in order

to prevent the accumulation of standing water, and must maintain drainage features free

of refuse and debris so as to allow water to drain freely.

(3) The owner must maintain all required screening to avoid encroachment onto pedestrian

walkways and to maintain a minimum clear distance of 7 feet above all pedestrian

walkways.

LIGHTING

Applicability

199. The owner of each lot containing a use other than a single-family or two-family residential

dwelling must comply with the following standards in sections 201 to 204. These standards do

not apply to seasonal lighting used less than 60 days per calendar year.

Intent

200. The owner may design and install all site lighting to maintain adequate lighting on site and

provide security for people and property through the use of fixtures that are durable and energy

efficient, while preventing glare beyond the property line.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Lighting

General Standards

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 142

General Standards

201. The owner must design and install only on-site lighting that complies with the standards in this

section 201. Lighting of parking lots, canopies, and loading areas must also comply with the

provisions of sections 203 and 204 as applicable. In case of a conflict between the provisions of

this section 201 and the provisions of sections 203 and 204, the latter govern.

Wall-Mounted Lights

(1) Wall-mounted lights must have fully shielded luminaires to direct all light downward.

Direction of Lighting

(2) No owner may install or maintain a light source that is directed outward toward property

boundaries or adjacent rights-of-way.

(3) Lighting of non-residential properties must be directed downward except for low-voltage

architectural, landscape and decorative lighting, which is subject to subsection (4).

(4) Architectural, landscape, and decorative lighting may be directed upward to illuminate

flags, statues, or any other objects but must use a narrowly directed light whose light

source is not visible from adjacent residential properties or public streets.

Shielding

(5) All light sources must be shielded to prevent glare and spillover.

Walkways

(6) The owner must install all required lighting so as to maintain a minimum clear distance of

7 feet above all pedestrian walkways, and such lighting must be installed so as not to

cause a hazard to those using pedestrian walkways.

Prohibited Lighting

202. (1) No person may install or maintain strobe lights that are visible from another property,

unless required by a governmental aviation authority.

(2) No person may install or maintain red, blue, or yellow rotating lights designed to imitate

lighting on police, fire, or emergency vehicles that are visible from another property.

Parking Area Lighting

203. The owner may install and maintain parking area lighting only if it complies with the following

standards:

Location

(1) Light fixtures must be located to provide a relatively uniform level of lighting and to avoid

extreme contrasts between levels of lighting, except as necessary to prevent glare onto

adjacent properties.

Height

(2) Within any residential zoning district, the maximum permitted height of light poles is 20

feet.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Design Standards

Canopy and Service Area Lighting

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 143

(3) Within any commercial or manufacturing zoning district, the maximum permitted height

of light poles is 25 feet within 50 feet of residential uses, and 35 feet in all other areas.

Canopy and Service Area Lighting

204. The owner may install and maintain canopy and service area lighting only if it complies with the

following standards.

Canopy Lighting

(1) All canopy lighting must use recessed luminaire fixtures and must be designed and

located so as to prevent glare onto adjacent properties. No light source in a canopy

structure may extend downward further than the lowest edge of the canopy ceiling.

Highly reflective material must not be installed on the underside of the canopy. As an

alternative (or supplement) to recessed lighting, indirect lighting may be used where light

is beamed upward and then reflected down from the underside of the canopy. When this

method is used, light fixtures must be shielded so that direct light is focused exclusively

on the underside of the canopy and is not visible from any residential use adjacent to or

across a street or public lane from the subject property, or from any public right-of-way.

Service Areas

(2) Service area lighting fixtures must be designed and located so that the light source

cannot be seen from adjacent streets or areas with residential uses. Wall mounted light

fixtures must use cutoff devices to contain direct lighting to the service area and must

have a concealed light source.

DESIGN STANDARDS

205. Owners must complete development in accordance with the design standards in sections 206

through 211 unless those standards are otherwise provided by another section of this By-law, by

the terms of an adopted PDO-1 or PDO-2 zoning district, or by a Variance Order.

Intent

206. The intent of the design standards in this section is to (a) implement those recommendations in

Plan Winnipeg

calling for high-quality design; (b) ensure that the design of multi-building

complexes integrate good circulation systems for automobiles, bicycles, and pedestrians; and, (c)

to ensure that the design quality of commercial, institutional, mixed use, and industrial

developments protects and enhances the image of surrounding developments.

Multi-Family Residential Development

207. Each principal building or development in which a majority of the gross floor area is occupied by

multi-family dwellings use must comply with the standards set out in this section, unless the

provisions of section 210,

Mixed Use Development

, apply:

Accessibility

(1) Multi-family dwelling developments containing more than one principal building on a

single lot or parcel must include an unobstructed walkway or pathway providing access

between the principal buildings for persons with disabilities. The walkway or pathway

must be at least 5 feet wide, and, if curb ramps are necessary to provide such access,

the curb ramps must comply with the slope and design requirements established by the

City of Winnipeg, Public Works Department.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Design Standards

Multi-Family Residential Development

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 144

Rooftop Equipment Screening

(2) Rooftop mechanical equipment and appurtenances must be screened so that they are

not visible from adjacent public streets or adjacent properties less than 200 feet away

when viewed from 5 feet above grade level. Screening enclosures must be constructed

of a material similar in appearance to at least one of the materials used in the facades of

the principal building and one of the same colours used in the principal building. All air

conditioning compressors must be completely screened. Any rooftop equipment

generating noise that can be heard outside the boundaries of the lot must also be

buffered or otherwise attenuated to direct unavoidable noise upward. (See Illustration

23.)

public right-of-waylot

screening

mechanical equipment

public right-of-waylot

screening

mechanical equipment

Illustration 23: Rooftop Equipment Screening

Pedestrian and Bicycle Access

(3) Each multi-family dwelling development containing more than 50 dwelling units, whether

developed in a single or multiple phases, and whether in a single or multiple principal

buildings, must comply with the following standards, where applicable:

Paths and Pathways

(a) pedestrian and bicycle paths and pathways must be developed where indicated

in the City's adopted path and pathway plan and policies. Paths and pathways

must be designed and constructed to adopted City of Winnipeg Public Works

Department standards;

Pedestrian Connections

(b) all principal entrances of principal buildings must have direct access (i.e., access

without having to cross a street) to a sidewalk, walkway, path, or pathway that

leads to a public street. Each such sidewalk, walkway, path, or pathway must

be a minimum of 5 feet wide; and

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Design Standards

Commercial and Institutional Development

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 145

Bicycle Access

pathways and on-site bicycle parking areas. Sites should be designed to avoid or

minimize all conflicting bicycle/motor vehicle and bicycle/pedestrian movements.

All bicycle paths and pathways connecting to the city’s path and pathway system

must comply with adopted City of Winnipeg Public Works Department standards.

Visibility of Common Areas

(4) To promote public safety, primary multi-family dwelling buildings and landscaping must

be located and designed so that clear sight lines are provided to and between common

open spaces, circulation paths, and access points into the development, where

applicable.

Commercial and Institutional Development

208. Each principal building or development in which a majority of the gross floor area is occupied by

uses categorized in Table 4-1 as “commercial sales and service” uses or as “cultural and

entertainment” uses, or a combination of such uses, must comply with the following standards,

unless the provisions of section 210,

Mixed Use Development,

apply:

Facades and Articulation

(1) Each commercial or institutional principal building, other than large commercial retail

buildings, as defined in subsection (5) below, must meet at least two of the following

four standards, with the choice of those standards to be at the option of the owner:

Transparency Option

(a) a minimum of 10 percent of each facade area that faces a street must be

composed of transparent materials. At least 1/2 of this amount must be

provided so that the lowest edge of the transparent materials is no higher than 4

feet above the street level (See Illustration 24);

Illustration 24: Transparency

In this example, windows and doors with a transparent surface area equal to 10 percent of the

façade surface area are provided on the front façade. Transparent materials should be located to

provide visual interest to pedestrians, with the bottom edge of at least half of them located no

higher than 4 feet above grade.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Design Standards

Commercial and Institutional Development

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 146

Wall Plane Articulation Option

(b) each facade greater than 100 feet in length abutting a street, measured

horizontally, must incorporate architectural features such as wall plane

projections, recesses, or other building material treatments and textures that

visually interrupt the wall plane. No uninterrupted length of any facade must

exceed 100 horizontal feet.

Vertical Articulation Option (for Buildings Taller than 30 Feet)

massing or façade articulation of the building presents a clear base, middle, and

top when viewed from the abutting street (See Illustration 25.);

Illustration 25: Example of Vertical Articulation

Roof Articulation Option

(d) where sloping roofs are used, at least one projecting gable, hip feature, or other

break in the horizontal line of the roof ridgeline must be incorporated for each 60

lineal feet of roof. Where flat roofs are used, the design or height of the parapet

must include at least one change in setback or height of at least 3 feet along

each 60 lineal feet of façade. (See Illustration 26.)

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Design Standards

Commercial and Institutional Development

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 147

Illustration 26: Example of Roof Articulation

Entryway Design and Location

(2) Each principal building must have clearly defined, highly visible main entrances for

occupants and/or customers with features designed to emphasize the importance of the

entrance, which must include at least two of the following features, with the choice of

the features to be at the option of the owner:

(a) a canopy or portico;

(b) a roof overhang;

(d) an arcade or arch;

(e) a peaked roof form;

(f) an outside patio;

(g) a display window;

(h) architectural tilework or moldings integrated into the building design;

(i) integrated planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas or seating

areas; or

(j) another architectural feature not found on the remainder of that building façade.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Design Standards

Commercial and Institutional Development

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 148

Rooftop Equipment Screening and Projections

Rooftop Equipment Screening

(3) Rooftop mechanical equipment and appurtenances must be screened so that they are

not visible from adjacent public streets or adjacent properties less than 200 feet away

when viewed from 5 feet above grade level. Screening enclosures must be constructed

of a material similar in appearance to at least one of the predominant materials used in

the facades of the principal building and one of the predominant colours used in the

principal building. All air conditioning compressors must be completely screened. Any

rooftop equipment generating off-site noise must also be buffered or otherwise

attenuated to direct unavoidable noise upward when adjacent to residential or

institutional zoning districts.

Building Projections

(4) All building projections that remain visible from abutting public streets after the screening

required by subsection (3) above, including but not limited to chimneys, flues, vents,

gutters, and down spouts, must match the colour of the surface from which they project,

the building's trim colour, or be constructed of materials such as brick or stone that

match materials used on the building.

Additional Standards for Large Commercial Retail Buildings

(5) In addition to meeting the standards in subsections (1) through (4) above, single-storey

retail buildings containing 65,000 square feet or more of gross floor area in which one

user or tenant occupies more than 75 percent of the gross floor area, must meet the

following additional standards:

Façade Articulation

(a) each façade greater than 100 feet in length, measured horizontally, must

incorporate wall plane projections or recesses having a depth of at least 2 feet,

and extending at least 20 percent of the length of the façade. No uninterrupted

length of any façade may exceed 100 horizontal feet;

(b) at least one of the wall plane projections or recesses required by clause (a)

above must repeat horizontally at an interval of no more than 30 feet.

Façade Design

three instances of at least one of the following:

(i) colour change;

(ii) texture change;

(iii) material module change; or

(iv) expression of an architectural or structural bay through a change in

plane no less than 12 inches in width, such as an offset, reveal, or

projecting rib.

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Design Standards

Commercial and Institutional Development

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 149

Pedestrian Oriented Design Features

(d) ground-floor façades that face public streets must have arcades, display

windows, entry areas, awnings, or other such features along no less than 60

percent of their horizontal length. (See Illustration 27.)

Illustration 27: Example of Pedestrian Oriented Design Features

Pedestrian and Bicycle Access

(e) each commercial or institutional development containing more than 100,000

square feet of gross floor area, whether in a single or multiple phases, and

whether in a single or multiple principal buildings, must comply with the

following standards, where applicable:

Paths and Pathways

(i) where applicable, pedestrian and bicycle paths and pathways must be

developed where indicated in any plan adopted by the City Council and

must be designed and developed to adopted City of Winnipeg Public

Works Department standards;

Pedestrian Connections

(ii) all principal entrances of principal buildings must have direct access (i.e.

access without having to cross a public street) to a sidewalk, walkway,

path or pathway that leads to a public street. Each such sidewalk,

walkway, path or pathway must be a minimum of 5 feet wide; and

Bicycle Access

(iii) bicycle access routes must be provided between public bicycle lanes,

paths or pathways and on-site bicycle parking areas. Sites should be

designed to avoid or minimize all conflicting bicycle/motor vehicle and

bicycle/pedestrian movements. All bicycle paths and pathways

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Design Standards

Industrial Development

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 150

connecting to the City’s path and pathway system must comply with

adopted City width standards.

Multi-Building Developments

(6) Commercial or institutional developments containing more than one principal building on

a single lot or parcel must include an unobstructed walkway or pathway providing access

between the principal buildings for persons with disabilities. The walkway or pathway

must be at least 5 feet wide.

Industrial Development

209. Each principal building or development in which a majority of the gross floor area is occupied by

uses categorized in Table 4-1 as “industrial” uses must comply with the following standards,

unless the provisions of section 210,

Mixed Use Development

, apply.

Façade Articulation

(1) Each industrial principal building must meet at least one of the following three standards,

with the choice of the standard to be at the option of the owner:

Wall Plane Horizontal Articulation Option

(a) each facade greater than 100 feet in length abutting a street, measured

horizontally, must incorporate architectural features such as wall plane

projections, recesses, or other building material treatments and textures that

visually interrupt the wall plane. No uninterrupted length of any facade may

exceed 100 horizontal feet.

Vertical Articulation Option (for Buildings Taller than 30 Feet)

(b) each principal building greater than 30 feet in height must have a change in

cladding material or surface plane. No single cladding material or surface plane

(as applicable) may extend for an uninterrupted vertical distance of more than

30 feet;

Parapet Variation Option

height by at least 2 feet for each 60 lineal feet of façade length. (See Illustration

28.)

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Design Standards

Mixed Use Development

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 151

Illustration 28: Example of Parapet Variation Option

Entryway Design

(2) Each principal building must have clearly defined, highly visible main entrances for

occupants and/or patrons with features designed to emphasize the importance of the

entrance, including at least one of the following elements, with the choice of the element

to be at the option of the owner:

(a) a canopy or portico;

(b) a roof overhang;

(d) an arcade or arch;

(e) a peaked roof form;

(f) an outside patio;

(g) a display window;

(h) architectural tilework or moldings integrated into the building design;

(i) integrated planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas or seating

areas; or

(j) a similar architectural feature not found on the remainder of that building façade.

Mixed Use Development

210. In a mixed use development, each principal building must comply with the standards of sections

207, 208, or 209, as applicable, unless the applicant chooses to request alternative design

treatment pursuant to subsections (2) or (3) below.

(1) If a mixed use development contains a single principal building containing a mix of (a)

principal multi-family uses and (b) principal uses categorized in Table 4-1 as “commercial

Part 5: Development and Design Standards

Alternative Equivalent Compliance

Planned Development Overlay Districts

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 152

sales and service” uses or “cultural and entertainment” uses, the owner may choose to

comply with either the standards of section 207 or the standards of section 208.

(2) If mixed use development contains a single principal building containing a mix of (i)

principal uses categorized in Table 4-1 as “commercial sales and service” uses or

“cultural and entertainment” uses, and (ii) principal uses categorized in Table 4-1, as

“industrial” uses, the owner may choose to comply with either the requirements of

section 208 or the requirements of section 209.

(3) Regardless of which option is selected under clauses 212 (1) A, B, or C above, all

development subject to the large commercial retail design standards in subsection 208(5)

above must comply with all standards applicable to such development.

Planned Development Overlay Districts

211. All development in a PDO-1 or PDO-2 zoning district is subject to design standards set forth in

the by-laws creating the districts in which they are located, and is not subject to the design

standards in sections 206 through 210, unless the by-laws creating the districts reference some

or all of the requirements in those subsections and indicate that they apply to development in the

PDO-1 or PDO-2 district.

ALTERNATIVE EQUIVALENT COMPLIANCE

212. In lieu of compliance with the specific requirements of sections 188 through 193,

Landscaping

and Buffering

, sections 194 through 198,

Fencing and Screening

, sections 199 through 204,

Lighting

and sections 205 through 211,

Design Standards,

above, an owner may propose to the

Director an alternative equivalent approach to compliance consistent with the intent of those

sections. An alternative equivalent compliance plan is designed to provide flexibility in order to

respond to unique site conditions or abutting or surrounding uses, and must not result in

reductions in the amount or quality of landscaping, buffering, fencing, screening, lighting, or

design provided. The Director may approve a proposal under this section only if the Director

determines that the following criteria have been met:

(1) The proposed alternative design achieves the intent of the subject standard to the same

or better degree than the subject standard;

(2) The proposed alternative design achieves the goals and objectives of

Plan Winnipeg

relevant secondary plans, and this By-law to the same or better degree than the subject

standard;

(3) The proposed alternative design results in benefits to the community that are equivalent

to or better than compliance with the subject design standard; and

(4) The proposed alternative design imposes no greater impacts on adjacent properties than

would occur through compliance with the specific requirements of sections 188 through

211.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page 153

DONE AND PASSED, in Council assembled, this 19

day of December, 2007.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page A-1

SCHEDULE A

LIST OF ADOPTED SECONDARY PLANS

1. The following secondary plans have been adopted by City Council and are in effect.

Conformance with such plans must be considered in all development decisions in the subject

areas:

(1) Airport Vicinity Protection Area Secondary Plan;

(2) Wilkes South Secondary Plan;

(3) North Henderson Highway Secondary Plan;

(4) Henderson Highway Corridor Secondary Plan;

(5) Kil-cona Park Area (West) Secondary Plan;

(6) North St. Boniface Secondary Plan;

(7) St. Vital Perimeter South Secondary Plan;

(8) Airport Area West Secondary Plan;

(9) South St Boniface Area Structure Plan;

(10) Transcona Yards Industrial Neighbourhood Secondary Plan;

(11) Osborne Village Neighbourhood Plan; and

(12) Waverley West Area Structure Plan

(13) Waverley West Northeast Neighbourhood Area Structure Plan

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page B-1

SCHEDULE B

ZONING MAPS

1. The location and boundaries of the zoning districts established in section 50,

Districts Established

are shown on the Zoning Maps in this Schedule.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 PAGE C-1

SCHEDULE C

URBAN INFILL AREAS MAPS

1. While newer portions of the city have been divided or can be divided into parcels that are of

adequate size and shape to accommodate the general standards of this By-law related to required

on-site parking and landscaping, some older portions of the city have been divided into parcels that

are too small or shallow to accommodate such parking and landscaping. In order to promote infill

redevelopment in older portions of the city, the City of Winnipeg hereby provides for the

establishment of Urban Infill Areas. Urban Infill standards described in Part 5, Development and

Design Standards, of this By-law apply to commercial and institutional and manufacturing zone

districts located within that area designated on the Urban Infill Areas Maps below.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page C-2

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page C-3

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page D-1

SCHEDULE D

AIRPORT VICINITY PROTECTION AREA PLANNED DEVELOPMENT OVERLAY 1 (PDO-

1 AIRPORT VICINITY)

Purpose

1. The Airport Vicinity Protection Area planned development overlay district is intended to minimize

exposure of residential and other sensitive land uses to aircraft and their potential impacts,

including noise, to minimize risks to public safety from aircraft accidents, and to discourage traffic

congestion and incompatible land uses proximate to, and within, airport influence areas. In

addition, the District is intended to ensure that the 24-hour operation of Winnipeg’s airport

continues to contribute to the economic vitality of the city and the region by avoiding or

mitigating potential land use conflicts.

Applicability

2. The PDO–1 Airport Vicinity Protection Area overlay district is shown on the attached map (the

Map).

Development Standards

3. In the PDO–1 Airport Vicinity overlay zoning district, the following zoning rules apply:

Area I of Overlay District

(1) Within that part of the AVP Area overlay district shown as Area I on the Map:

(a) no new residential development is permitted (subject to statutory non-

conforming rights and any Variance Order related thereto) except replacement of

existing dwellings, if destroyed or demolished, with new dwellings which in the

case of multiple-family dwellings must not exceed the original number of

dwelling units; and

(b) minor residential infilling may be approved as a conditional use under The City of

Winnipeg Charter in areas of established residential development.

Area II of Overlay District

(2) Within that part of the AVP Area overlay district shown as Area II on the Map, new

single-family dwellings are permitted subject to all required amendments of or approvals

under applicable land use controls.

Area II of Overlay District Not Fronting on Portage Avenue

(3) Within lots that are in that part of the AVP Area shown as Area II on the Map but are not

fronting on Portage Avenue, and subject to all required amendments of or approvals

under applicable land use controls:

(a) existing multiple-family dwellings may, if destroyed or demolished, be replaced

with multiple-family dwellings but not exceeding the original number of dwelling

units; and

(b) new multiple-family dwellings may be constructed not exceeding a density of 85

units per hectare (35 units per acre) inclusive of any dwelling units referred to in

clause 3(a) above of that portion of lots falling within Area II, excluding any part

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page D-2

of that area designated Floodway, and new multiple-family dwellings in excess of

that density may be approved as conditional uses under

The City of Winnipeg

Charter

All Areas Within Overlay District

(4) Within the AVP Area all new single-family and multiple-family dwellings including

replacement and infill dwellings must comply with the construction standards set out in

the

Airport Vicinity Acoustic Insulation By-law

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page D-3

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page E-1

SCHEDULE E

BOULEVARD PROVENCHER PLANNED DEVELOPMENT OVERLAY 1 (PDO-1

BOULEVARD PROVENCHER)

Purpose

1. The purpose of this overlay is to encourage the protection of Provencher Boulevard with its

cultural and historic significance to the French community as the neighbourhood main street for

St. Boniface.

Applicability

2. This overlay shall apply to the lands fronting Boulevard Provencher, between avenue Tache and

rue Langevin, as shown on the attached map (the Map).

Permitted Use Restrictions

3. Notwithstanding other provisions of this By-law, permitted, conditional, accessory and temporary

uses are modified from those permitted in the underlying zoning district as follows:

(1) No more than 2 amusement devices may be permitted on any property;

(2) No drive-in or drive through – principal or accessory;

(3) No car washes.

Dimensional Standards

4. Development in the Boulevard Provencher overlay district must comply with the maximum

building height and required yard standards below. In the event of a conflict between these

provisions and any provisions applicable in the underlying zoning district, these standards apply.

Except as modified by the following standards, all standards of the Zoning By-law continue to

apply in the PDO1-Boulevard Provencher overlay district.

Maximum Building Height

(1) The maximum height of any building or structure, or an enlargement of any building or

structure, must not exceed:

(a) 30 feet on the south side of Provencher Boulevard;

(b) 80 feet on the north side of Provencher Boulevard.

Required Yards

(2) The following yard requirements apply to all properties within the overlay district:

(a) minimum 50 feet between the street right-of-way and any parking area;

(b) maximum 15 feet between the street right-of-way and the front building façade;

and

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page E-2

Design Review

5. (1) Subject to subsections (2), (3) and (4) within the District, all development,

redevelopment, expansion, demolition, or exterior alteration visible from public rights-of-

way is subject to urban design review and must be approved by the Director prior to

commencement. Urban design approval as set out herein is required whether or not the

proposal requires a building permit, development permit, Variance Order, Conditional Use

Order, or other approval.

(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), temporary structures (for events not exceeding 14 days)

do not require urban design review and approval.

(3) In addition to the requirements in subsection (1), urban design approval is required for

development within public roads, public lanes, public walkways, and public rights-of-way.

(4) Notwithstanding subsection (1), interior building elements will be considered in urban

design review only when their arrangement impacts on exterior pedestrian circulation

and safety aspects.

Urban Design Considerations

6. (1) Review of development, redevelopment, expansion, demolition, or exterior alteration

proposals is primarily intended to ensure the thoughtful integration of such proposals into

their local context and consistency with the standards articulated in

Plan Winnipeg

. For

the purposes of this by-law, urban design review will focus on the quality of the public

environment and be predicated on the understanding that the quality of that

environment is formed as a result of many independent creative decisions.

(2) In making a decision concerning the approval or denial of approval of proposed

development and redevelopment in the Boulevard Provencher overlay district pursuant to

subsection 4(1), the Director must consider the extent to which the proposed

development or redevelopment is consistent with the guidelines set out in this section

and by the Standing Policy Committee on Property and Development pursuant to section

6 in respect of the following Key Considerations.

(a) building placement;

(b) façade treatment & building entrances;

(d) signs.

(3) In addition to serving as the basis for the Director’s decision-making, the guidelines set

out in this section:

(a) are provided to assist property owners, design professionals, administrators,

decision-makers, advisory committee members, and other parties involved in

preparing, reviewing, or approving new developments, redevelopments,

expansions, and exterior alterations;

(b) provide a bridge between current policy desires and any detailed urban design

guidelines, standards, or criteria that may be generated and which would then

supplant the Key Considerations;

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page E-3

framework within which to exercise creative design approaches.

Building Placement Considerations

(4) The following guidelines are to be used in evaluating the placement of buildings:

(a) in general, buildings are expected to provide no or minimal yards to public road

rights-of-way (front and corner side yards);

(b) building setbacks for Active Uses (e.g. sidewalk cafés, newsstands, retailer

displays) can be accommodated;

uses can be accommodated;

(d) where residential uses are located at street level, building setbacks are

encouraged (front and corner side yards);

(e) where a consistent building alignment exists along a block, buildings are

expected to respect this alignment (front and corner side yards);

(f) shape, size and alignment of buildings and spaces should reflect the existing

horizontal and vertical rhythm and urban form;

(g) new buildings or additions should acknowledge existing buildings in height and

form;

(h) the form and appearance of a building should consider views along the

Boulevard to landmark buildings such as the St. Boniface Cathedral, Hotel de

Ville, and vistas such as the Esplanade Riel;

(i) landscaped spaces, streetscapes and architectural qualities of the Boulevard

should be respected, including the preservation of Boulevard trees; and

(j) development should respect adjacent heritage buildings.

Façade Treatment and Building Entrance Considerations

(5) The following guidelines are to be used in evaluating the treatment of front facades and

building entrances:

(a) open and inviting building facades are encouraged at street level and 2nd storey,

in order to enhance the convenience, comfort, and enjoyment of pedestrian

experiences and enhance interactions between the public realm and business

operations on private property;

(b) long, undifferentiated blank walls located at street level and along public roads

are discouraged; instead, they should be enhanced by combinations of

transparent windows (not reflective or spandrel), window displays, active uses,

vertical architectural features (e.g. columns, bays, fenestration, pilasters), and

contrasting building materials/textures/colours/ shades;

closed blinds, and other measures or operations that hamper transparent street

level pedestrian/business interactions are discouraged;

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page E-4

(d) direct access to retailers, service providers, and customer service areas from

street level is encouraged;

(e) multiple front entrances from street level to large developments are encouraged;

(f) measures to enhance visibility and accessibility of building front entrances (e.g.

setbacks or projections from building wall, architectural features, contrasting

materials, ornamentation) are encouraged.

(g) principal entrances to buildings should be on Provencher.

(h) doorways should replicate the existing rhythm of entrances on the Boulevard

(i) new buildings should use similarly sized and shaped windows and doors, creating

a consistent rhythm.

Driveways & Building Service Considerations

(6) The following guidelines are to be used in evaluating the treatment of driveways and

building services:

(a) in order to encourage an uninterrupted pedestrian boulevard, numbers and

dimensions of motor vehicle driveways, private approaches, and other intrusions

into the boulevard should be minimized;

(b) access to off street parking facilities, delivery loading spaces, refuse storage

areas, and other building services is encouraged to be via public lane (or from

secondary street, when public lane is not available);

other building services are encouraged to be located internal to buildings;

(d) off street parking facilities, delivery loading spaces, refuse storage areas, and

other building services located adjacent to public roads and residential uses are

encouraged to be screened via landscaping, fencing, building wing walls, or

combinations, ensuring pedestrian access and motor vehicle sight lines are

maintained;

(e) off street parking facilities, delivery loading spaces, refuse storage areas, and

other building services located between building walls and boulevard Provencher

are discouraged.

Signs

(7) The following guidelines are to be used in evaluating signs:

(a) signs are expected to: enhance visibility; be helpful in identifying a building or

use; have legible, clear, ordered copy/logo/symbol; be visible (primarily to

pedestrians, secondarily to motorists); not obscure neighbouring signs; not limit

individual tenant opportunities at multiple-tenant sites;

(b) signs are expected to enable orientation and to be helpful in finding a building or

use, from a distance or up close;

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page E-5

located and anchored safely and out of the way of pedestrians; not obscuring or

mimicking traffic signs/signals;

(d) signs are expected to respect historic areas and important sites; protect valued

views and vistas; and complement other notable features;

(e) all signage must be attached to a building;

(f) signs should be lit by external sources and not internally; and

(g) signage should be bilingual and feature at least the same size and quantity of

lettering in French and English.

Urban Design Review Process

7. (1) The Standing Policy Committee on Property and Development may approve urban design

guidelines, standards or criteria, not inconsistent with the guidelines set out in this

section, which are to be considered by the Director in urban design review of

development proposals.

(2) The Standing Policy Committee on Property and Development may appoint an advisory

committee (or committees) for the purpose of providing recommendations to the Director

regarding (i) urban design guidelines, standards, or criteria, and/or (ii) whether or not to

grant urban design approval for a particular development, redevelopment, expansion,

demolition, or exterior alteration. The advisory committee may establish its own

procedures, subject to approval by the Standing Policy Committee on Property and

Development.

(3) The Director may not deny an urban design review application without first giving the

applicant notice of the date, time, and location of a meeting to hear representation from

the applicant concerning the application.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page E-6

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page F-1

SCHEDULE F

WARMAN ROAD PLANNED DEVELOPMENT OVERLAY 1 (PDO-1 WARMAN ROAD)

Purpose

1. The purpose of this overlay is to protect designated industrial facilities from potential adverse

impacts from surrounding properties located within 1000 feet of that industrial facility, as shown

on the attached map (the Protected Site)

Applicability

2. The PDO-1 Warman Road overlay district is shown on the attached map (the Map).

Permitted Use Restrictions

3. Notwithstanding other provisions of this By-law, permitted, conditional, accessory and temporary

uses are modified from those permitted in the underlying zoning district as follows:

(1) All the following Permitted (P) uses for the underlying zoning district in Table 4.1, are

Conditional (C) uses for lands within this overlay district, unless the Director approves a

waiver of this requirement pursuant to subsection (2) below.

(a) Personal Service Uses Not Listed Separately in Table 4.1

(b) Light Manufacturing, General

(d) Mining and Extraction

(e) Garbage Incineration and Reduction

(f) Recycling Plant, Enclosed

(g) Waste Transfer Station

(2) The Director may waive the requirement for conditional use approval of those uses listed

in subsection (1) above if the use is listed as a Permitted (P) use in the underlying zoning

district and the Director determines that the use, as proposed, would have no adverse

impacts on air quality that may affect the Protected Site.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page F-2

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page G-1

SCHEDULE G

NEIGHBOURHOOD MAIN STREETS PLANNED DEVELOPMENT OVERLAY 1 (PDO-1

NEIGHBOURHOOD MAIN STREETS)

Purpose

1. The Neighbourhood Main Streets overlay district is intended to protect the scale and character of the

pedestrian-oriented, neighbourhood-scale commercial areas in older areas of the city, to prevent the

proliferation of certain uses that will erode the scale, character, or walkability of those areas, and to

protect the surrounding neighbourhoods from adverse impacts of active commercial uses in close

proximity to residential areas,

Applicability

2. The Neighbourhood Main Streets overlay district includes several non-contiguous areas of the city, all

of which are shown on the attached map (the Map).

Permitted Use Restrictions

3. Notwithstanding other provisions of this By-law, within the Neighbourhood Main Streets overlay

district the following uses shall be prohibited and are not allowed as permitted, conditional,

accessory, or temporary uses:

(1) Advertising sign

(2) Amusement enterprise, outdoor

(3) Auto/light truck/motorcycle, repair and service

(4) Car wash

(5) Drive-in or drive-through

(6) Fleet services

(7) Kennel

(8) Pawnshop

(9) Supermarket

4. Notwithstanding other portions of this By-law, within the Neighbourhood Main Streets overlay district

the following uses may be approved only as conditional uses:

(1) Auto/light truck/motorcycle, sales and rental

(2) Drinking establishment

(3) Fuel sales

(4) Hotel or motel

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page G-2

Use Specific Standards

5. Notwithstanding other portions of this By-law, within the Neighbourhood Main Streets overlay district

the following uses are limited to the specified amount of gross floor area per building:

(1) Amusement enterprise, indoor: 2,500 square feet

(2) Medical/dental/optical/counselling clinic: 5,000 square feet

(3) Restaurant: 2,500 square feet

(4) Retail sales (unless otherwise listed): 5,000 square feet

(5) Studio, radio/TV/motion picture broadcast and production: 5,000 square feet

(6) Personal services (unless otherwise listed): 5,000 square feet

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page G-3

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page H-1

SCHEDULE H

ADDITIONAL YARD REQUIREMENTS FOR LOTS ADJACENT TO STORM WATER

RETENTION BASINS

1. For ease of reference, the special yards and alignments required under various zoning by-laws

enacted by the City subsequent to January 1, 1972, and referenced at 156,

Lots Adjacent to

Storm Water Retention Basins

, are as set out, hereinafter, on pages H-2 through H-6, both

inclusive.

2. The special yards and alignments set out in various zoning and subdivision agreements entered

into between the City and the owners of the lands rezoned and/or subdivided pursuant to

rezoning and subdivision plan approval process are not affected by the enactment of this By-law

and shall continue to apply to those lands until those agreements are terminated by the parties.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page H-2

Amber Trail – Brenner Bay

3. Lots 4 to 12 and 14 to 24, Block 6, which lots and blocks are shown on the plan below, have a

rear lot line abutting the boundary of public lands containing a storm retention lake and

accordingly there shall be provided and maintained on each of those lots the following special

rear yard, namely:

(1) A minimum of 85 feet measured from that rear lot line to any principal building; and

(2) A minimum of 67 feet measured from that rear lot line to any detached accessory

building; and

(3) A minimum of 42 feet measured from that rear lot line to any temporary structure or

swimming pool not enclosed within a building.

4. These special rear yards shall be applied to said lots as shown on the map below (By-law

144/89).

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page H-3

Whyte Ridge, Phase Three – Vanderbilt Drive

5. Lots backing onto the stormwater retention lake adjoining Vanderbilt Drive shall provide and

maintain the following rear yards as shown on the plan below:

(1) Minimum 85 feet to any principal building;

(2) Minimum 67 feet to any detached accessory building;

(3) Minimum 42 feet to any temporary structure not enclosed within a building.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page H-4

Silver Spring Subdivision

6. Lots backing onto the stormwater retention lake adjoining Deering Close, Walter Piper Grove and

Silver Spring Bay shall provide and maintain the following rear yards as shown on the plan below:

(1) Minimum 85 feet to any principal building;

(2) Minimum 67 feet to any detached accessory building;

(3) Minimum 42 feet to any temporary structure or swimming pool not enclosed within a

building.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page H-5

Beachside Bay Subdivision

7. Any lot directly adjoining the stormwater retention lake shall provide the following rear yards:

(1) Minimum 85 feet to any principal building;

(2) Minimum 67 feet to any detached accessory building;

(3) Minimum 42 feet to any temporary structure or swimming pool not enclosed within a

building.

(By-law 5465/90)

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page H-6

Royalwood Subdivision

8. Lots backing onto the stormwater retention lake on land located on the South side of the South

leg of Orchard Hill Drive shall provide and maintain the following rear yards as shown on the plan

below:

(1) Minimum 92 feet to any principal building;

(2) Minimum 75 feet to any detached accessory building;

(3) Minimum 50 feet to any temporary structure or swimming pool not enclosed within a

building.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-1

SCHEDULE I

SPECIAL YARDS

1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this By-law all owners of lots within the areas identified in

the first three columns of the table set out below must provide and maintain minimum yards,

free from all improvements other than fences and landscaping in accordance with the

requirements set out in the remaining three columns of the tables below.

STREET (A) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

north side from lane West of Main Street to Charles

Street

30 ft Aberdeen Avenue

north side lane East of Fife Street to Fife Street 25 ft

both sides Cambridge Street to Wellington Crescent 7 ft

north side Harrow Street to Wellington Crescent 40 ft

north side Cambridge Street to Guelph Street 50 ft

north side Guelph Street to Harrow Street 40 ft

Academy Road

south side Cambridge Street to Harrow Street 65 ft

Admiral Avenue both sides Fife Street to the lane East of Fife Street 25 ft 25 ft

Agassiz Drive both side D'Arcy Drive North to the end of the Drive 30 ft

east side from lane North of Margaret Street to

Seaforth Avenue

29 ft Aikins Street

west side from lane North of Southall Drive to the

North limit of Lot 1, Block 7, Plan 10,766

28 ft

both sides Mountain Avenue to Inkster Boulevard 25 ft Airlies Street

both sides Carruthers Avenue to Kingsbury Avenue 25 ft

Alumni Place south side Lots 6 to 10, Block 7, Plan 11,867, By-law

1619/77

30 ft

Amber Trail (see Plan)

north side Main Street to O'Meara Street 30 ft Anderson Avenue

south side Main Street to Fowler Street 30 ft

Armour Crescent both sides off Harris Boulevard 30 ft

north side Salter Street to Sly Drive 30 ft

south side Newton Avenue to Salter Street 30 ft

south side Main Street to Aikins Street 18 ft

south side Ord Street to Main Street 30 ft

Armstrong Avenue

south side Scotia Street to Ord Street 25 ft

Arrowwood Drive north and

south

30 ft

Ash Street both sides Wellington Crescent to Grant Avenue 30 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-2

STREET (A) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Ashbury Bay both sides 30 ft

Ashcroft Point both sides East from Glendale Boulevard, Lots 1/16,

Plan 3,615

35 ft

Assiniboine Avenue both sides Bedson Street to St. Charles Golf Course 25 ft

both sides Woodbridge Road to Moray Street 30 ft Assiniboine

Crescent

south side Moray Street to Portage Avenue 35 ft

Aster Avenue both sides Daffodil Street to Crocus Street 30 ft

Avonherst Street west side Harvard Avenue to Yale Avenue 60 ft

STREET (B) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Baffin Crescent both sides off Whytewold Road 27 ft

Ballard Crescent both sides 30 ft

Beachside Bay (see Plan)

Beaver Street both sides North from Buffalo Place, By-law 418/73 20 ft

Beaverbend

Crescent

both sides off Whytewold Road 27 ft

Beeston Drive Lots 12/25, Block 2, Plan 10,766 30 ft

Belvidere Street both sides Portage Avenue to Ness Avenue 26 ft

Bishop Grandin

Boulevard

(see Plan)

Bluebell Avenue both sides Daffodil Street to Sinclair Street 30 ft

east side Academy Road to Grant Avenue 30 ft Borebank Street

west side Wellington Crescent to Grant Avenue 30 ft

Boyd Avenue both sides lane East of Fife Street to Fife Street 25 ft 25 ft

Brazier Street west side North of Leighton Avenue, Parcel 2, Plan

8972

30 ft

Bredin Drive both sides Lots 1 to 29 inclusive, Plan 4,606 30 ft

Brenner Bay (see Plan)

south side Colony to Balmoral:

Lot 1, Plan 20

Lots 1 & 2, Plan 726;

7 ft

south side Balmoral to Sherbrook 7 ft

north side Colony to Good 7 ft

north side Good to Sherbrook 7 ft

south side Sherbrook to Maryland (Lots 37 & 38,

Plan 49)

14 ft

Broadway*

south side Maryland to Honeyman (Lots 15 to 21,

Plan 435)

20 ft

Brock Street both sides Wellington Crescent to Grant Avenue 30 ft

Bronx Avenue both sides Brazier Street to Roch Street 25 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-3

STREET (B) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Bruce Avenue both sides Strathmillan Street to Olive Street 27 ft

Brunswick Street west side McLeod Avenue to North limit Lot 26, Plan

7913

special yard to be planted with grass and

shrubs and maintained as a landscaped

area

40 ft

Buffalo Place both sides Waverley Street to Hydro Transmission

Line, By-law 418/73

20 ft

both sides Aikens Street to Salter Street 28 ft

both sides Andrews Street to McKenzie Street 30 ft

north side Salter Street to Andrews Street 38 ft

south side Salter Street to Andrews Street 30 ft

south side lane East of Main Street to Aikens Street 25 ft

Burrin Avenue

south side Scotia Street to Main Street 25 ft

north and

east sides

C.P.R. right-of-way, Plan 371, to Keewatin

Street

50 ft

north side Aikens Street to Salter Street 12 ft

south side C.P.R. right-of-way to McPhillips Street 18.5 ft

south side Artillery Street to Battery Street 18.5 ft

Burrows Avenue

south side Salter Street to Powers Street 11 ft

Buttercup Avenue both sides Viola Street to Airlies Street 30 ft

Buxton Road both sides Holly Avenue to Dowker Avenue 30 ft

STREET (C) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Calrossie Blvd both sides Pembina Highway to Riverside Drive 30 ft

east side Academy Road to Dromore Avenue, By-

law 4477/86

40 ft

west side Grosvenor Avenue to Corydon Avenue 30 ft

west side Academy Road to Grosvenor Avenue 35 ft

Cambridge Street

west side Wellington Crescent to Academy Road 30 ft

west side Talbot Avenue to Beach Avenue 22.5 ft Cameron Street

both sides Kingsway to Grant Avenue 30 ft

Campbell Street both sides Wellington Crescent to Academy Road 30 ft

Canna Boulevard both sides Viola Street to McPhillips Street 30 ft

Carmen Avenue south side Henderson Highway to Beatrice Street 25 ft

Carnarvan Road both sides off Whytewold Road 27 ft

both sides Frank Street to Corydon Avenue 30 ft Carpathia Road

west side South from Corydon Avenue 30 ft

Carruthers Avenue both sides C.P.R. right-of-way to Cottingham Street 30 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-4

STREET (C) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

north side lane West of Main Street to Charles Street 35 ft Cathedral Avenue

south side lane West of Main Street to Charles Street 30 ft

Cedar Glen Road special rear yard, By-law 5330/89, (see

Plan)

Chamberlain Avenue both sides lane East of Fife Street to Fife Street 25 ft

Chancellor Drive both sides Lots 11 to 20, Block 7, and Lots 24 - 38,

Block 2, all in Plan 11,867; By-law

1619/77

45 ft

Chataway Boulevard both sides Nanton Boulevard to Assiniboine Drive 50 ft

both sides Brazier Street to Roch Street 25 ft

both sides Watt Street to Golspie Street 25 ft

Chelsea Avenue

south side Roch Street to Watt Street 25 ft

Cherryhill Road both sides Sinclair Street to Daffodil Street 30 ft

Chevrier Boulevard both sides West from C.N.R. Lettellier Subdivision,

By-law 418/73

20 ft

both sides Fife Street to Keewatin Street 50 ft

both sides lane East of Fife Street to Fife Street 25 ft 25 ft

north side Salter Street to Powers Street 30 ft

north side lane West of McGregor Street to McKenzie

Street

25 ft

Church Avenue

south side Main Street to Emslie Street, Lots 51/54,

Plan 1257

30 ft

Clarence Avenue both sides Hydro Transmission Line to Waverley

Street, By-law 418/73

20 ft

Colish Drive both sides Pearce Avenue to Cottingham Street 30 ft

both sides lane East of Fife Street to Fife Street 25 ft 25 ft College Avenue

south side Main Street to Charles Street 13 ft

Conway Street both sides Assiniboine River to Ness Avenue 30 ft

Coralberry Avenue both sides from Arrowwood Drive to end 30 ft

Cordova Street both sides Wellington Crescent to Grant Avenue 30 ft

south side Pembina to Osborne 7 ft

both sides Pembina to Nassau East public lane 7 ft

both sides Nassau East public lane to Nassau West

public lane

7 ft

Corydon Avenue*

both sides Nassau West public lane to Stafford 7 ft

Crocus Street both sides Cherryhill Road to Dahlia Avenue 30 ft

Crowson Bay both sides South off of Dowker Avenue 30 ft

STREET (D) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-5

STREET (D) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

D'Arcy Drive west side see Plan 7003 45 ft

Daffodil Street both sides Dahlia Avenue to Teakwood Avenue 30 ft

Dafoe Boulevard north side McPhillips Street to Cottingham Street 30 ft

Dahlia Avenue both sides C.P.R. right-of-way to the lane West of

Daffodil Street

30 ft

Dallas Road both sides off Whytewold Road 27 ft

both sides Portage Avenue to Lodge Avenue 30 ft Davidson Street

both sides Lodge Avenue to Ness Avenue 27 ft

both sides Lots 1/7, Plan 1148, and Lots 4/23, Plan

1108; of Plan 21806

35 ft Deer Lodge Place

both sides Lots 8/19 and 29/44, Plan 1,148 26 ft

Deering Close (see Plan)

Donalda Avenue both sides Henderson Highway to Roch Street 40 ft

north side Guelph Street to Rockwood Street 30 ft Dorchester Avenue

south side Harrow Street to Wilton Street 35 ft

Douglas Park Road both sides Lots 4/34, Plan 3503 50 ft

Dowker Avenue both sides Pembina Highway to Lyon Street 45 ft

north side Cambridge Street to Harrow Street,

By-law 4477/86

45 ft Dromore Avenue

south side Cambridge Street to Harrow Street,

By-law 4477/86

40 ft

Dublin Avenue both sides Sherwin Road to St. James Street 20 ft

Duffield Street both sides Portage Avenue to Ness Avenue 30 ft

Dugald Road both sides From the East limit of the proposed

North/South corridor alignment (West of

Atwood Street) to the City East limit

35 ft 35 ft 35 ft

north side Henderson Highway to Raleigh Street 28 ft Dunrobin Avenue

south side Henderson Highway to Raleigh Street 35 ft

Dunvegan Street west side Rossmere Crescent to Mossdale Avenue 30 ft

STREET (E) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Ellice Avenue both sides Ferry Road to St. James Street 20 ft

Elm Street both sides Wellington Crescent to Grant Avenue 30 ft

north side Aikins Street to Salter Street 25 ft

south side Powers Street to McGregor Street 25 ft

south side West of Main Street, Lots 1/5, Block 1,

Plan 4574

30 ft

Enniskillen Avenue

south side Aikins Street to Salter Street 30 ft

STREET (F) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-6

STREET (F) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Fennel Street both sides Porcupine Avenue to Buffalo Place, By-law

418/73

20 ft

east side Huron Avenue to Aberdeen Avenue 25 ft 25 ft

east side North limit of Block 2, Plan 6,464 to

Huron Avenue

50 ft

Fife Street

west side North limit of Pcl. 1, Plan 7743 to Boyd

Avenue

50 ft

Fleet Avenue north side Harrow Street to Cambridge Street 15 ft

Fleetwood Road special yards for Greater Winnipeg Gas

Co. easement; special corner side yard,

By-law 5330/89 (see Plan)

Fletcher Crescent both sides Pembina Highway to Dowker Avenue 30 ft

Forest Park Drive both sides Airlies Street to Grandcrest Street 30 ft

both sides Andrews Street to McGregor Street 30 ft Forrest Avenue

both sides Main Street to Salter Street 15 ft

Frank Street both sides Fulham Avenue to Willow Avenue 30 ft

French Street both sides Gregoire Avenue to Chevrier Boulevard

and North from Chevrier, By-law 418/73

20 ft

Fulham Avenue both sides Wellington Crescent to Lockwood Street 30 ft

Fulton Street both sides North of Morden Avenue, By-law 418/73 20 ft

STREET (G) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Gamble Place both sides Waverley Street to Hamelin Street, By-law

418/73

20 ft

Gateway Road east side North limit of Lot 19, Plan 7,913 to

McLeod Avenue

special yard to be planted with grass and

shrubs and maintained as a landscaped

area

40 ft

Gilia Drive both sides Verbena Street to Canna Boulevard 30 ft

Glencairn Road west side abutting Manitoba Hydro right-of-way (Pt.

R.L. 35, Pt. Pcl. “B,” Plan 3853 (see Plan)

50 ft

Glendale Boulevard both sides Assiniboine Avenue to Wooddale Drive 35 ft

Glengarry Drive both sides Agassiz Drive to D’Arcy Drive 30 ft

Government Avenue both sides Besant Street to Louelda Street 25 ft

Grandcrest Street both sides Lincrest Drive to Hartford Avenue 30 ft

Greene Avenue north side Kildonan Drive to Golspie Street 22 ft

Greensboro Bay south side Lots 19 to 34, Block 8, Plan 11,867,

By-law 1619/77

30 ft 45 ft

Gregoire Avenue both sides Hervo Street to C.N.R. right-of-way,

By-law 418/73

20 ft

Griton Boulevard both sides Nanton Boulevard to Assiniboine Drive 50 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-7

STREET (G) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

west side Tuxedo Boulevard to Nanton Avenue 35 ft

both sides Wilton Street to Rockwood Street 30 ft

both sides Guelph Street to Wilton Street 35 ft

north side Rockwood Street to Cambridge Street 35 ft

Grosvenor Avenue

south side Rockwood Street to Cambridge Street 30 ft

Guelph Street both sides Academy Road to Dromore Avenue,

By-law 4477/86

40 ft

Guildford Street both sides Portage Avenue to Ness Avenue 30 ft

STREET (H) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Hamelin Street both sides Sony Place to Chevrier Boulevard, By-law

418/73

20 ft

Hanna Street both sides Templeton Avenue to Cork Avenue 30 ft

Hansart Boulevard both sides Corydon Avenue to Assiniboine Drive 50 ft

Harcourt Street both sides Portage Avenue to Ness Avenue 30 ft

Harris Boulevard both sides Portage Avenue to Assiniboine Avenue 30 ft

east side Kingsway to public lane immediately

North of Grosvenor Avenue

30 ft

west side Dromore Avenue to Kingsway, By-law

4477/86

32 ft

Harrow Street

west side Academy Road to Dromore Avenue,

By-law 4477/86

40 ft

Hartford Avenue both sides C.P.R. right-of-way to Sinclair Street 30 ft

both sides Harrow Street to Ruskin Row 60 ft Harvard Avenue

both sides Cambridge Street to Harrow Street,

By-law 4477/86

40 ft

Harvard Avenue

West

both sides Hoka Street to Day Street 25 ft

north side Kildonan Drive to Woodvale Street 28 ft

north side Woodvale Street to Henderson Highway 33 ft

Hazeldell Avenue

south side Kildonan Drive to Golspie Street 33 ft

Helmsdale Avenue both sides 35 ft

Henderson Highway east side North of Leighton Avenue, Lot 10, Plan

6651 and Parcel A, Plan 6677

The building alignment shall be a straight

line drawn from a point on the North limit

of Lot 10, 32 feet distant Easterly from

the East limit of Henderson Highway to a

point on the South limit of Parcel A, Plan

6,677, distant Easterly thereon from the

East limit of Henderson Highway.

Hervo Street both sides Chevrier Boulevard to Gregoire Avenue 20 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-8

STREET (H) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Hoka Street both sides Yale Avenue West to Kildare Avenue West 25 ft

Hoskin Avenue both sides Gateway Road to Grey Street 25 ft

Hull Avenue both sides off St. James Street 20 ft

north side West limit of Block 20, Plan 6,082 to Fife

Street

50 ft Huron Avenue

south side West limit of Block 19, Plan 6,082 to Fife

Street

25 ft 25 ft

STREET (I) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

north side East limit of Block 2, Plan 6,464 to

Keewatin Street

75 ft 75 ft 75 ft Inkster Boulevard

south side East limit of Block 1, Plan 6,464 to

Keewatin Street

75 ft 75 ft 75 ft

Irene Street both sides South from McGillivray, By-law 418/73 20 ft

Iris Street both sides Buttercup Avenue to McPhillips Street 30 ft

west side Notre Dame to Notre Dame North public

lane

14 ft

west side Notre Dame North public lane to

McDermot (Pt. Lot 93, Plan 17);

Lots 1 - 4, Plan 17

14 ft

west side McDermot to Bannatyne 14 ft

west side Bannatyne to William (Lot 10, Plan 493);

Lots 11 - 13, Plan 16, Block J

14 ft

west side William to William North public lane 14 ft

Elgin to Ross (Lot 144, Plan 432); Note: side varies:

12.5 ft at North property line to 0 ft at a point

49.7 feet South along the East property line

west side

Lot 37, Plan 432 14 ft

Isabel Street*

west side Ross to Pacific 14 ft

NOTE: * Refer to Streets and Transportation By-laws.

STREET (J) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Jefferson Avenue both sides C.P.R. right-of-way to McPhillips Street 30 ft

south side Guelph Street to Wilton Street 34 ft Jessie Avenue

south side Harrow Street to Guelph Street 30 ft

STREET (K) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

both sides Beach Avenue to Kent Road 25 ft Keenleyside Street

both sides from the lane North of Nairn Avenue to

McCalman Avenue

23 ft

east side Burrows Avenue to Carruthers Avenue 50 ft Keewatin Street

(see Plan)

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-9

STREET (K) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

east side immediately South of Wilkes Avenue 50 ft

east side Willow Avenue to Carpathia Road 30 ft

Kenaston Boulevard

west side Wellington Crescent to Fulham Avenue 30 ft

Kenneth Street both sides South off of Dowker Avenue 30 ft

Kent Road both sides Chalmers Avenue to Keenleyside Street 25 ft

both sides from Henderson Highway, Lots 4 to 6,

and 11 to 14 inclusive, of Plan 4,638

35 ft Kildonan Drive

west side from Helmsdale Avenue to the North limit

of River Lot 66

50 ft

Kilkenny Drive both sides Patricia Avenue to Kings Drive 45 ft

north side Gateway Road to Molson Street 35 ft

north side West limit to Gateway Road 35 ft

south side West limit to Golspie Street 25 ft

Kimberly Avenue

south side Transmission Line (Plan 2,793) to Molson

Street

25 ft

Kimwood Bay both sides 30 ft 30 ft

both sides Cambridge Street to Harrow Street,

By-law 4477/86

40 ft

north side Lots 1 to 10, Block 25, Plan 822, Stafford

Street to Wellington Crescent

40 ft

north side Lots 11 to 16, Block 25, Plan 8,222,

Stafford Street to Wellington Crescent

60 ft

Kingsway

south side Harrow Street to Ruskin Row 40 ft

STREET (L) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Lagimodiere Blvd (see Plan)

Lake Albrin Bay west side Lots 7 to 13, Block 1, Plan 13,154, By-law

1619/77

45 ft

Lake Grove Bay north side Lots 1 to 20, Block 2, Plan 13,300, By-law

1619/77

45 ft

Lake Street west side Portage Avenue to Assiniboine Crescent 30 ft

Lake Village Road north side Lots 3 & 4, Block 5, Plan 13323; Lots 1 to

12, Plan 13635; Lots 1 to 18, Block 1,

Plan 13323; By-law 1619/77

45 ft

Lakedale Place west side Lots 15 to 26, Block 20, Plan 12784; Lots

1 & 2, Block 1, Plan 13154; By-law

1619/77

45 ft

east side from North limit to Lot 32, Block 8, Plan

1558, to Grant Avenue

30 ft

east side Academy Road to Kingsway 30 ft

Lanark Street

west side Wellington Crescent South to Academy

Road

30 ft

Larsen Avenue both sides Henderson Highway to East limit 18 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-10

STREET (L) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Leighton Avenue north side Kildonan Drive to Watt Street 30 ft

north side Aikins Street to lane East of Salter Street 25 ft Leila Avenue

north side lane East of Salter Street to McGregor

Street

29 ft

Library Place both sides South of Portage Avenue 40 ft

Lincrest Road both sides Kingsbury Avenue to Sinclair Street 30 ft

Lindhurst Avenue both sides Gateway Road to Grey Street 25 ft

both sides Wellington Crescent to Grosvenor Avenue 30 ft Lindsay Street

west side Grosvenor Avenue to Grant Avenue 30 ft

Linwood Street both sides Portage Avenue to Silver Avenue 30 ft

both sides Willow Avenue to Corydon Avenue 30 ft Lockwood Street

east side Academy Road to Kingsway 30 ft

Lodge Avenue both sides Ronald Street to Davidson Street 27 ft

Lottie Street both sides North of Porcupine Avenue, By-law

418/73

20 ft

Lyle Street both sides Portage Avenue to Silver Avenue 26 ft

Lyon Street both sides Dowker Avenue to Oakenwald Avenue 30 ft

STREET (M) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

both sides St. Cross Street to the lane East of Main

Street

30 ft Machray Avenue

both sides lane East of Fife Street to Fife Street 25 ft 25 ft

Macklin Avenue both sides McCurdy Street to Payne Street 30 ft

Magnolia Street both sides South of Talbot Avenue 25 ft

Manahan Avenue both sides West from French Street, By-law 418/73 20 ft

Mandeville Street both sides Portage Avenue to Ness Avenue 26 ft

north side Wagner Street to Kent Road 25 ft Manhattan Avenue

south side Grey Street to Kent Road 25 ft

Margaret Avenue south side Salter Street to Southall Drive 30 ft

Marigold Bay both sides 30 ft

west side South of Woodrow Place (Lots 10 - 12,

Plan 2221)

20 ft

west side Wolseley to Knappen 20 ft

west side North of Knappen (Lots 17 - 20) 20 ft

Maryland Street*

east side Wolseley to Westminster:

Lot 1, Plan 49

Lots 2 - 8, Plan 49

Lot 11, Plan 27

20 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-11

STREET (M) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

east side Westminster to Sara:

Lot 12, Plan 426

Lots 15 - 22, Plan 426

Lot 25, Plan 426

30 ft

east side Sara to Broadway (Lots 29 - 36, Plan 49) 15 ft

both sides Scotia Street to Main Street 25 ft

north side Parr Street to Arlington Street 25 ft

Matheson Avenue

south side Parr Street to C.P.R. right-of-way, Plan

379

30 ft

north side C.P.R. right-of-way, Plan 379, to Sinclair

Street

30 ft

north side McGregor Street to Arlington Street 25 ft

south side Parr Street to Arlington Street 25 ft

McAdam Avenue

south side C.P.R. right-of-way, Plan 379, to Sinclair

Street

30 ft

McCurdy Street both sides Mellis Avenue to Richardson Avenue 30 ft

McGregor Street east side Anderson Avenue to Church Avenue 12 ft

north side Gateway Road to Brunswick Street

the special yard to be planted with grass

and shrubs and maintained as a

landscaped area

40 ft

McLeod Avenue

south side Henderson Highway to Raleigh Street 30 ft

north side Harrow Street to Wilton Street, Rockwood

Street to Cambridge Street

30 ft McMillan Avenue

south side Wilton Street to Cambridge Street 30 ft

Melbourne Avenue north side 18 ft

Mellis Avenue both sides Airlies Street to Cottingham Street 30 ft

Merriwood Drive both sides Sinclair Street to Airlies Street 30 ft

Milner Street both sides Church Avenue to Inkster Boulevard 50 ft

north side Dunvegan Street to Rossmere Crescent 30 ft Moir Avenue

south side Dunvegan Street to Rossmere Crescent 50 ft

Moncton Avenue both sides Gateway Road to Battershill Street 25 ft

Montcalm Crescent both sides Hartford Avenue to Vanier Drive 30 ft

both sides Academy Road to Grant Avenue 30 ft

east side Wellington Crescent to Academy Road 35 ft

Montrose Street

west side Wellington Crescent to Academy Road 30 ft

Moorgate Street both sides Portage Avenue to Ness Avenue 35 ft

Moray Street both sides Assiniboine Crescent to Ness Avenue 35 ft

Morden Avenue both sides West from Waverley Street, By-law

418/73

20 ft

Morrison Street both sides Arrowwood Drive to Buttercup Avenue 30 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-12

STREET (M) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Mossdale Avenue both sides Kildonan Drive to Henderson Highway 30 ft

Mount Baker Drive (see Plan)

Mount Royal

Crescent

south side off Portage Avenue 30 ft

Mountain Avenue both sides lane East of Fife Street to Fife Street 25 ft 25 ft

Mulvey Avenue south side Harrow Street to Cambridge Street 15 ft

north side Henderson Highway to Gateway Road 40 ft

north side Besant Street to Molson Street 25 ft

Munroe Avenue

south side Henderson Highway to Grey Street 25 ft

Murdock Road both sides 35 ft 35 ft 35 ft

NOTE: * Refer to Streets and Transportation By-laws.

STREET (N) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

north side Kent Road to Stapleton Street 25 ft

north side Foster Street to Chester Street 25 ft

north side Kent Road to Stapleton Street 25 ft

Nairn Avenue

(B/L 6880/96 - 96

09 25)

south side

from Watt Street to Panet Road

the

special yard to be maintained as a

landscaped area

for buildings, structures

and the parking of vehicles other than

those described below.

For the parking of automobiles and trucks

of not more than one (1) ton (907 kg)

carrying capacity

66 ft

25 ft

Neil Avenue both sides Henderson Highway to Raleigh Street 35 ft

Newton Avenue north side Ord Street to Main Street 25 ft

Niagara Street both sides Wellington Crescent to Grant Avenue 30 ft

Nolana Street both sides Buttercup Avenue to Arrowwood Drive 30 ft

Notre Dame Ave south side 20 ft

Nottingham Avenue both sides Gateway Road to Grey Street 25 ft

STREET (O) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Oak Street both sides Wellington Crescent to Grant Avenue 30 ft

Oakdean Boulevard both sides Portage Avenue to Assiniboine Avenue 35 ft

Oakenwald Avenue both sides Pembina Highway to North Drive 30 ft

Oakview Avenue both sides Kildonan Drive to Golspie Street 33 ft

west side Between Broadway and Mostyn 15 ft Osborne Street*

east side Between River and Stradbrook:

Lot 154, Plan 102;

Lots 152 – 144, Plan 102;

Pt. Lot 111, Plan 207

14 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-13

STREET (O) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Note: Front varies from 0 ft at North lot line to

7 ft at South lot line

east side Between Stradbrook and Wardlaw (Lot 2,

Plan 208);

Lots 3 & 4, Plan 208

7 ft

both sides Wardlaw to McMillan 7 ft

west side Corydon to Rosedale 7 ft

west side Rosedale to Jubilee (Lot 17, Plan 925) 7 ft

east side Jessie to Mulvey (Lot 1 & Pt. Lots 2-5,

Plan 208)

7 ft

east side Lot 5, Plan 2939 7 ft

east side Mulvey to Ashland; 7 ft

east side Ashland to Balfour (Lot 6 & Pt. Lot 5) 7 ft

Osgoode Place Lots 9, 10 & 11, Block 2, Plan 11867,

By-law 1619/77

45 ft

Otter Street both sides Porcupine Avenue to Buffalo Place, By-law

418/73

20 ft

Overdale Street both sides Portage Avenue to Ness Avenue 35 ft

both sides Grosvenor Avenue to Grant Avenue 30 ft

east side Wellington Crescent to Academy Road 45 ft

east side Academy Road to Grosvenor Avenue 40 ft

west side Wellington Crescent to Academy Road 40 ft

west side Academy Road to Kingsway 35 ft

Oxford Street

west side Kingsway to Grosvenor 30 ft

STREET (P) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Park Boulevard East east side Grant Avenue to Mountbatten Avenue 50 ft

Park Boulevard West west side Bard Avenue to Mountbatten Avenue 50 ft

Payne Street both sides Dafoe Boulevard to Richardson Street 30 ft

Pearce Avenue both sides Cottingham Street to Airlies Street 30 ft

both sides from North limit of River Lot 16, Parish of

St. Vital, South to the municipal boundary

minimum distance from Pembina Highway

lot line for any building shall be 40 feet

Pembina Highway

both sides from North limit of River Lot 22, Parish of

St. Vital, South to the municipal

boundary, By-law 2899/85

minimum distance to the Pembina

Highway lot line for any sign shall be 20

feet

Peony Street both sides Verbena Street to Viola Street 30 ft

north side lane West of Main Street to Salter Street 25 ft Perth Street

north side Powers Street to Andrews Street 25 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-14

STREET (P) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

south side lane West of Main Street to Aikins Street 35 ft

south side Aikins Street to Salter Street 30 ft

Plymouth Street both sides Church Avenue to Burrows Avenue 30 ft

Portwood Road special yards for Greater Winnipeg Gas

Co. easement (see Plan)

Powell Avenue both sides King Edward Street to Madison Street 20 ft

Primrose Crescent both sides 30 ft

north side Gateway Road to London Street 25 ft Prince Rupert

Avenue

south side Gateway Road to Grey Street and Besant

Street to Louelda Street

25 ft

STREET (Q) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Queenston Street both sides Wellington Crescent to Grant Avenue 30 ft

Quincy Bay Lots 6 to 21, Block 9, Plan 11867; By-law

1619/77

45 ft

STREET (R) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Redview Drive (see Plan)

Redwood Avenue both sides lane East of Fife Street to Fife Street 25 ft 25 ft

Regent Avenue both sides Lagimodiere Boulevard to Pandora

Avenue the special yard to be maintained

as a landscaped area for buildings and

parking

25 ft

Renfrew Street both sides Wellington Crescent to Grosvenor Avenue 30 ft

Richardson Avenue both sides McCurdy Street to McPhillips Street 30 ft

Riley Street both sides Dowker Avenue to Buxton Road 30 ft

east side Somerset Avenue to Byng Place 50 ft

east side South to Byng Place 30 ft

Riverside Drive

west side South to Somerset Avenue 30 ft

Riverton Avenue north side Stadacona Street to Allan Street 25 ft

Riverwood Avenue both sides Pembina Highway to Netley Avenue 30 ft

Roch Street west side South of McLeod Avenue, Lots 1-8, Block

3, Plan 7362

30 ft

Rockman Street both sides South of Somerville Avenue to C.N.R.

right-of-way, By-law 418/73

20 ft

Ronald Street both sides Portage Avenue to Bruce Avenue 30 ft

Roosevelt Place both sides Bredin Drive to Henderson Highway 30 ft

Roseglen Crescent special rear yard, By-law 5330/89 (see

Plan)

Rosemount Avenue both sides East off Waverley Street, By-law 418/73 20 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-15

STREET (R) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Rosseau Avenue both sides Plessis Road to Madeline Street 25 ft

Rossmere Crescent both sides Kildonan Drive to Mossdale Avenue 30 ft

Royal Avenue both sides Andrews Street to McGregor Street 30 ft

Royal Crescent both sides 30 ft

Royal Oak Drive special rear yard, By-law 5330/89 (see

Plan)

Rupertsland Avenue both sides Main Street to McGregor Street 30 ft

north side Jones Street to Main Street 30 ft Rupertsland

Boulevard

south side Jones Street to Main Street 25 ft

east side Kingsway to South limit of Lot 11, Plan

700, North of Grosvenor Avenue

60 ft Ruskin Row

west side Kingsway to public lane immediately

North of Grosvenor Avenue

60 ft

Ruttan Bay both sides South off of Oakenwald Avenue 30 ft

STREET (S) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Salem Place Lots 20, 21 & 22, Block 2, Plan 11867,

By-law 1619/77

45 ft

Salvia Bay both sides 30 ft

Sandra Bay both sides North off of Crane Avenue 30 ft

Sargent Avenue both sides St. James Street to Ferry Road 20 ft

Saskatchewan

Avenue

both sides St. James Street to Ferry Road 20 ft

Scotswood Drive Lots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6, By-law 3899/85

(see Plan)

see map

Scurfield Drive special yards for Greater Winnipeg Gas

Co. easement (see Plan)

Seel Avenue both sides Waverley Street to Hydro Transmission

Line, By-law 418/73

20 ft

both sides Andrews Street to McGregor Street 30 ft

north side Scotia Street to Main Street 30 ft

Semple Avenue

north side Powers Street to Andrews Street 25 ft

north side Jones Street to Main Street 25 ft

north side Aikins Street to Salter Street 30 ft

Seven Oaks Avenue

south side Scotia Street to Main Street 25 ft

Sharpe Boulevard both sides Portage Avenue to Ness Avenue 40 ft

Sheppard Street both sides Redwood Avenue to the North limit of

River Lot 3, Parish of Kildonan

50 ft 50 ft

Sherwin Road both sides Notre Dame Avenue to Saskatchewan

Avenue

20 ft

Silver Spring Bay (see Plan)

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-16

STREET (S) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Sinclair Street both sides Carruthers Avenue to Kingsbury Avenue 30 ft

Sly Drive both sides Weinberg Road to Templeton Avenue 35 ft

north side Salter Street to McGregor Street 30 ft

north side Mac Street to Jones Street 25 ft

north side lane West of Main Street to Aikins Street 30 ft

north side Aikins Street to Salter Street 25 ft

south side Scotia Street to Jones Street 30 ft

Smithfield Avenue

south side lane West of Main Street to McGregor

Street

30 ft

Somerset Avenue both sides Pembina Highway to Red River 30 ft

Sony Place both sides Hamelin Street to Irene Street, By-law

418/73

20 ft

both sides Crane Avenue to North Drive (lots

between South Drive and Red River)

75 ft

both sides Crane Avenue to Crescent Drive 40 ft

both sides Crane Avenue to Collins Street, side

opposite that above

50 ft

South Drive

both sides Wildwood development, West of Collins

Street

40 ft

Southall Drive north side Aikins Street to South limit of Lot 1, Block

2, Plan 8811

35 ft

Southall Drive south side Aikins Street to West limit of Lot 1,

Block 4, Plan 8437

30 ft

Southwood Avenue both sides Pembina Highway to General Steele

School grounds

30 ft

east side from the North limit of St. John’s Park to

the lane South of Cathedral Avenue

30 ft St. Cross Street

west side from the North limit of Lot 134, Plan

1,257, to Machray Avenue

30 ft

St. James Street west side Portage Avenue to Notre Dame Avenue 20 ft

St. John’s Avenue north side Main Street to Fowler Street 30 ft

St. Matthews

Avenue

both sides St. James Street to Ferry Road 20 ft

Stafford Street both sides Academy Road to Hector Avenue 7 ft

Stapleton Street west side McCalman Avenue to Nairn Avenue 25 ft

Stevenson Road both sides Sherwin Road to Cambden Street 20 ft

both sides Portage Avenue to Lodge Avenue 30 ft Strathmillan Road

both sides Lodge Avenue to Ness Avenue 27 ft

Sunnyside

Boulevard

both sides Assiniboine Avenue to Emo Avenue 35 ft

Swan Lake Bay Lots 1 to 12, Block 6, Plan 13154, By-law

1619/77

45 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-17

STREET (S) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Sweetwood Bay both sides 30 ft

Sydney Avenue south side Watt Street to East limit 25 ft

STREET (T) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

north side Scotia Street to lane West of Jones Street 25 ft

south side Scotia Street to Jones Street 25 ft

Tait Avenue

south side Jones Street to lane West of Jones Street 30 ft

north side Keenlyside Street to Panet Road 25 ft

north side Cameron Street to Kent Road 25 ft

Talbot Avenue

south side Kent Road to McCalman Avenue 25 ft

north side Salter Street to C.P.R. right-of-way, Plan

379

30 ft Templeton Avenue

south side lane West of Tanner Street to Hanna

Street

30 ft

Thatcher Drive both sides from University Crescent North to the end

of Crescent

30 ft

Thompson Drive both sides Assiniboine Crescent to Ness Avenue 30 ft

Trent Avenue south side Henderson Highway to Brazier Street 25 ft

Trottier Bay both sides off Chevrier Boulevard, By-law 418/73 20 ft 5 ft

20 ft

Troy Avenue both sides lane East of Five Street to Fife Street 25 ft 25 ft

STREET (U) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

University Crescent east side from Thatcher Drive to Pembina Highway 30 ft

STREET (V) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Vanderbilt Drive (see Plan)

Vanier Drive both sides Jefferson Avenue to Montcalm Crescent 30 ft 30 ft

Verbena Street both sides Kingsbury Avenue to Arrowwood Drive 30 ft

Vernon Road both sides Portage Avenue to Lodge Avenue 40 ft

Victoria Avenue north side Brewster Street to Madeline Street 25 ft

Viola Street both sides Arrowwood Drive to Gilia Drive 30 ft

STREET (W) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Wallasey Street both sides Portage Avenue to Ness Avenue 30 ft

Waller Avenue both sides at South end of Irene Street, By-law

418/73

20 ft

Walter Piper Grove (see Plan)

Waterloo Street both sides Wellington Crescent to Grant Avenue 30 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-18

STREET (W) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

both sides Taylor Avenue to C.N.R. Rivers

Subdivision, By-law 4262/86

50 ft

both sides Kingsway to Grant Avenue 30 ft

east side Wellington Crescent to Kingsway 45 ft

west side Wellington Crescent to Academy Road 40 ft

Waverley Street

west side Academy Road to Kingsway 35 ft

Wedgewood Drive both sides University Crescent to Thatcher Drive 30 ft

Weinberg Road both sides East limit of Lot 15, Block 13, Plan 8,437

to Sly Drive

30 ft

Wellington Avenue both sides St. James Street to Ferry Road 20 ft

north side Harrow Street to Academy Road 80 ft

north side Cambridge Street to Kenaston Boulevard 60 ft

south side between Cambridge Street and Harrow

Street, By-law 4477/86

60 ft

south side Harrow Street to Academy Road 60 ft

south side Cambridge Street to Academy Road 45 ft

south side Academy Road to Fulham Avenue 30 ft

west side Lots 17, 18, 19, Block 25, and Lots 4, 5,

6, Block 26, Plan 822, immediately North

and South of Kingsway

66 ft

Wellington Crescent

west side from North limit of Lot 7, Block 26, Plan

822, to South limit of Lot 9, Plan 700,

between Kingsway and Grosvenor Avenue

100 ft

Whittier Avenue north side Hoka Street to Madeline Street 25 ft

Whytewold Road both sides Portage Avenue to Silver Avenue 40 ft

Wicklow Place both sides South off of Dowker Avenue 30 ft

Wildwood Park Plan 4565 50 ft

Wilkes Avenue south side from Kenaston Boulevard to C.P.R. La

Riviere Subdivision

50 ft

Willow Avenue north side Frank Street to Doncaster Street 30 ft

Willson Avenue both sides Waverley Street to Hydro Transmission

Line, By-law 418/73

20 ft

Wilton Street both sides between Academy Road and Dromore

Street, By-law 4477/86

40 ft

Winchester Street both sides Portage Avenue to Silver Avenue 35 ft

Windermere Avenue both sides Pembina Highway to Beaumont Street 30 ft

Windham Road both sides Assiniboine Crescent to Portage Avenue 30 ft

Winterton Avenue both sides Brazier Street to Roch Street 25 ft

Woodbridge Road both sides Ashcroft Point to Portage Avenue 30 ft

Woodcrest Drive both sides 30 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page I-19

STREET (W) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

Woodhaven

Boulevard

both sides Assiniboine Avenue to Portage Avenue 35 ft

Woodhaven

Crescent

both sides off Woodhaven Boulevard 35 ft

Woodlawn Street both sides Portage Avenue to Ness Avenue 26 ft

Woodvale Street east side Mossdale Avenue to Rossmere Crescent 40 ft

STREET (Y) FRONT YARD REAR YARD SIDE YARD

both sides Harrow Street to Ruskin Row 60 ft Yale Avenue

both sides between Cambridge Street and Harrow

Street, By-law 4477/86

40 ft

Yale Avenue West both sides Brewster Street to Madeline Street 25 ft

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page J-1

SCHEDULE J

LOTS ADJACENT TO GREATER WINNIPEG GAS EASEMENT

1. The owners of lots abutting the Greater Winnipeg Gas Company easement, identified in the map

set out below, must provide a minimum rear yard or side yard for lots on that portion of Scurfield

Boulevard, Fleetwood Road, and Portwood Road from the Winnipeg Gas Company easement to

habitable buildings as shown on the Plan below:

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page K-1

SCHEDULE K

ADDITIONAL AREA-SPECIFIC YARD REQUIREMENTS

1. For ease of reference, the special yards and alignments required under various zoning by-laws

referenced at section 159,

Additional Area-Specific Yard Requirements

, are as set out on pages

K-1 through K-10.

2. The special yards and alignments set out in various zoning and subdivision agreements entered

into between the City and the owners of the lands rezoned and/or subdivided pursuant to

rezoning and subdivision plan approval process are not affected by the enactment of this By-law

and shall continue to apply to those lands until those agreements are terminated by the parties.

Bishop Grandin Boulevard

3. The owners of lots adjacent to Bishop Grandin Boulevard and the West limit of the C.P.R.

Emerson right-of-way, shall provide and maintain thereon a 57.4 foot rear yard and a 32.8 foot

side yard as shown on the Plan below:

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page K-2

Lagimodiere Boulevard Adjacent to Eaglemere Drive

4. A minimum rear yard of 73.8 feet shall be provided for lots on that portion of Lagimodiere

Boulevard as shown on the Plan below:

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page K-3

Fleetwood Road, Cedar Glen Road, Roseglen Crescent and Royal Oak Drive

5. The special corner side yards and the special rear yards indicated on the Plan shown below shall

apply for said lots:

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page K-4

Properties Between Bishop Grandin Boulevard and John Bruce Road

6. Notwithstanding anything elsewhere contained within this By-law, the front yard for all lots

fronting on the streets shown shaded on the Plan below shall be 20 feet (By-law 6230/93):

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page K-5

Glencairn Road

7. Yards shall be as shown in the Plan below:

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page K-6

Victoria Crescent Area

8. In the Victoria Crescent Area shown on the Plan below, the minimum front yard shall be 50 feet

and the minimum lot width shall be 100 feet:

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page K-7

River Road Area

9. On Lots 3 and 4, Block 1, and Lots 5, 6, 10 and 11, Block 2, as shown in the Plan below, the

minimum front yard shall be 20 feet:

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page K-8

Roman Catholic Mission Property

10. In the case of Lot 3, Block 3, which lot is shown on a Plan of Survey of Part of Lots 260, 261 and

275 of the Roman Catholic Mission Property, registered in the Winnipeg Land Titles Office as Plan

7,551, the required side yard shall be 8.6 feet.

11. On the lands shown on the Plan below, the following yards shall be provided and maintained:

(1) Front yard - 20 feet,

(2) Rear yard - 25 feet,

(3) Interior side yard - 4 feet,

(4) Corner side yard - 5 feet.

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page K-9

Redview Drive

12. On lots 1 to 4, on the West side of Redview Drive,as shown on the Plan below, the following

yards shall be provided and maintained (By-law 4912/88):

(1) Front yard - 20 feet,

(2) Rear yard - 15 feet,

WINNIPEG ZONING BY-LAW 200/2006 Page K-10

Warde Avenue

13. In the following areas on Warde Avenue, as shown on the Plan below, the following yards shall

be provided and maintained:

(1) On the north side of Warde Avenue, between Dakota Street and west limit Lot 2, Block 8,

Plan 25943, not less than 16 metres to any one-family dwelling;

(2) On the south side of Warde Avenue, between Dakota Street and St. Anne’s Road, not

less than 16 metres to any one-family dwelling:

(3) On the east side of Dakota Street, between south-west limit Lot 8, Block 1, Plan 25945

and north limit Lot 3, Block 12, Plan 25943 not less than 16 metres to any one-family

dwelling;

(4) On the west side of St. Anne’s Road, between Warde Avenue and north limit Lot 4, Block

28, Plan 25943 not less than 16 metres to any one-family dwelling.